SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
(Mark One) | ||
x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
o | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
Georgia
(State of Incorporation) |
58-0254510
(IRS Employer Identification No.) |
2999 Circle 75 Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (770) 953-1700.
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act and the Exchange on which such securities are registered:
Common Stock, Par Value, $1 Per Share
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as described in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes [X] No [ ]
The aggregate market value of the Registrants Common Stock (based upon the closing sales price reported by the New York Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal for March 4, 2003) held by non-affiliates as of March 4, 2003 was approximately $4,811,183,040.
The number of shares outstanding of Registrants Common Stock, as of March 4, 2003: 174,025,755
Certain portions of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the Annual Report) are incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. Other than those portions of the Annual Report specifically incorporated by reference pursuant to Items 5 through 8 of Part II hereof, no other portions of the Annual Report shall be deemed so incorporated.
Certain portions of the Companys definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 21, 2003 (the Proxy Statement) filed pursuant to Rule 14a-6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. Other than those portions of the Proxy Statement specifically incorporated by reference pursuant to Items 10 through 13 of Part III hereof, no other portions of the Proxy Statement shall be deemed so incorporated.
PART I.
ITEM I. BUSINESS.
Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation incorporated on May 7, 1928, is a service organization engaged in the distribution of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials. In 2002, business was conducted throughout the United States, in Canada and in Mexico from approximately 1,800 locations. As used in this report, the Company refers to Genuine Parts Company and its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated by the context; and the terms automotive parts and industrial parts refer to replacement parts in each respective category.
Segment Data . For information regarding segment data, refer to the Companys Audited Financial Statements as set forth on Pages 17 and 37 of the Annual Report to Shareholders for 2002.
Competition - General . The distribution business, which includes all segments of the Companys business, is highly competitive with the principal methods of competition being product quality, sufficiency of inventory, price and the ability to give the customer prompt and dependable service. The Company anticipates no decline in competition in any of its business segments in the foreseeable future.
Employees . As of December 31, 2002, the Company employed approximately 30,700 persons.
AUTOMOTIVE PARTS GROUP .
The Automotive Parts Group, the largest division of the Company, distributes automotive replacement parts and accessory items. The Company is the largest member of the National Automotive Parts Association (NAPA), a voluntary trade association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of automotive parts. In addition to over 300,000 available part numbers, the Company, in conjunction with NAPA, offers complete inventory, cataloging, marketing, training and other programs in the automotive aftermarket.
During 2002, the Companys Automotive Parts Group included NAPA automotive parts distribution centers and automotive parts stores (auto parts stores or NAPA AUTO PARTS stores) owned in the United States by Genuine Parts Company; automotive parts distribution centers and auto parts stores in Canada owned and operated by UAP, a wholly-owned subsidiary; auto parts stores in the United States operated by corporations in which Genuine Parts Company owned either a minority or majority interest; auto parts stores in Canada operated by corporations in which UAP owned a 50% interest; distribution centers owned by Balkamp, Inc., a majority-owned subsidiary; rebuilding plants owned by the Company and operated by its Rayloc division; distribution centers of ACDelco, Motorcraft and other automotive supplies owned and operated by Johnson Industries, a wholly-owned subsidiary; and automotive parts distribution centers and automotive parts stores in Mexico, owned and operated by Grupo Auto Todo, S.A. de C.V. (Auto Todo), a company in which a wholly-owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company owns a controlling interest.
The Company has a 15% interest in Mitchell Repair Information (MRIC), a subsidiary of Snap-on Incorporated. MRIC is a leading diagnostic and repair information company with over 35,000 North American subscribers linked to its services and information databases. MRICs core product, Mitchell ON-DEMAND, is a premier electronic repair information source in the automotive aftermarket.
The Companys NAPA automotive parts distribution centers distribute replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all motor vehicle makes and models in service in the United States, including imported vehicles, trucks, SUVs, buses, motorcycles, recreational vehicles and farm vehicles. In addition, the Company distributes replacement parts for small engines, farm equipment and heavy duty equipment. The Companys inventories also include accessory items for such vehicles and equipment, and supply items used by a wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket, such as repair shops, service stations, fleet operators, automobile and truck dealers, leasing companies, bus and truck lines, mass merchandisers, farms, industrial concerns and individuals who perform their own maintenance and parts installation. Although the Companys domestic automotive operations purchase from more than 65 different suppliers, approximately 58% of 2002 automotive parts inventories were purchased from 10 major suppliers. Since 1931, the Company
-2-
has had return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.
Distribution System . In 2002, Genuine Parts Company operated 57 domestic NAPA automotive parts distribution centers located in 37 states and approximately 900 domestic company-owned NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located in 43 states. At December 31, 2002, Genuine Parts Company owned either a minority or majority interest in 31 corporations, which operated approximately 53 auto parts stores in 19 states.
UAP, founded in 1926, is a Canadian leader in the distribution, marketing, and rebuilding of replacement parts and accessories for automobiles and trucks. UAP employs approximately 4,000 people. UAP operates a network of 15 distribution centers supplying approximately 600 UAP/NAPA auto parts and 54 TRACTION wholesalers, which supply parts to small fleet owners-operators and are a significant supplier to the mining and forestry industries. These include approximately 202 company owned stores, 24 joint venture or progressive owners in which UAP owns a 50% interest, and approximately 430 independently owned stores. UAP supplies bannered installers and independent installers in all provinces of Canada, as well as networks of service station and repair shops operating under the banners of national accounts. UAP is licensed to and uses the NAPA® name in Canada.
In Mexico, Auto Todo owns and operates 10 distribution centers and 18 auto parts stores. Auto Todo is licensed to and uses the NAPA® name in Mexico.
The Companys distribution centers serve approximately 5,000 independently owned NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located throughout the market areas served. NAPA AUTO PARTS stores, in turn, sell to a wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket. Collectively, these independent automotive parts stores account for approximately 25% of the Companys total sales with no automotive parts store or group of automotive parts stores with individual or common ownership accounting for more than 0.5% of the total sales of the Company.
Products . Distribution centers have access to over 300,000 different parts and related supply items. Each item is cataloged and numbered for identification and accessibility. Significant inventories are carried to provide for fast and frequent deliveries to customers. Most orders are filled and shipped the same day as received. The majority of sales are on terms that require payment within 30 days of the statement date. The Company does not manufacture any of the products it distributes. The majority of products are distributed under the NAPA® name, a mark licensed to the Company by NAPA.
Related Operations . A majority-owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company, Balkamp, Inc. (Balkamp), distributes a wide variety of replacement parts and accessory items for passenger cars, heavy duty vehicles, motorcycles and farm equipment. In addition, Balkamp distributes service items such as testing equipment, lubricating equipment, gauges, cleaning supplies, chemicals and supply items used by repair shops, fleets, farms and institutions. Balkamp packages many of the approximately 24,000 part numbers, which constitute the Balkamp line of products that are distributed to the members of NAPA. These products are categorized in 160 different product groups purchased from more than 400 domestic suppliers and 130 foreign manufacturers. BALKAMP®, a federally registered trademark, is important to the sales and marketing promotions of the Balkamp organization. Balkamp has four distribution centers located in Indianapolis and Plainfield, Indiana, Greenwood, Mississippi, and West Jordan, Utah.
Johnson Industries (Johnson), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is an independent distributor of ACDelco, Motorcraft and other automotive supplies. Johnson, founded in 1924, sells primarily to large fleets and new car dealers as well as providing ACDelco products to NAPA members. Johnson has 11 distribution centers throughout the U.S.
The Company, through its Rayloc division, also operates five plants where certain small automotive parts are rebuilt. These products are distributed to the members of NAPA under the NAPA brand name. Rayloc® is a mark licensed to the Company by NAPA.
-3-
Segment Data . In the year ended December 31, 2002, sales from the Automotive Parts Group approximated 52% of the Companys net sales as compared to 51% in 2001 and 50% in 2000.
Service to NAPA AUTO PARTS Stores . The Company believes that the quality and the range of services provided to its automotive parts customers constitute a significant advantage for its automotive parts distribution system. Such services include fast and frequent delivery, obsolescence protection, parts cataloging (including the use of computerized NAPA AUTO PARTS catalogs) and stock adjustment through a continuing parts classification system which allows independent jobbers to return certain merchandise on a scheduled basis. The Company offers its NAPA AUTO PARTS store customers various management aids, marketing aids and service on topics such as inventory control, cost analysis, accounting procedures, group insurance and retirement benefit plans, marketing conferences and seminars, sales and advertising manuals and training programs. Point of sale/inventory management is available through TAMS® (Total Automotive Management Systems), a computer system designed and developed by the Company for the NAPA AUTO PARTS store.
In association with NAPA, the Company has developed and refined an inventory classification system to determine optimum distribution center and auto parts store inventory levels for automotive parts stocking based on automotive registrations, usage rates, production statistics, technological advances and other similar factors. This system, which undergoes continuous analytical review, is an integral part of the Companys inventory control procedures and comprises an important feature of the inventory management services, which the Company makes available to its NAPA AUTO PARTS store customers. Over the last 10 years, losses to the Company from obsolescence have been insignificant, and the Company attributes this to the successful operation of its classification system, which involves product return privileges with most of its suppliers.
Competition . In the distribution of automotive parts, the Company competes with automobile manufacturers (some of which sell replacement parts for vehicles built by other manufacturers as well as those which they build themselves), automobile dealers, warehouse clubs and large automotive parts retail chains. In addition, the Company competes with the distributing outlets of parts manufacturers, oil companies, mass merchandisers, including national retail chains, and with other parts distributors and jobbers.
NAPA . The Company is a member of the National Automotive Parts Association, a voluntary association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of automotive replacement parts. NAPA, which neither buys nor sells automotive parts, functions as a trade association whose members in 2002 operated 64 distribution centers located throughout the United States, 57 of which were owned and operated by the Company. NAPA develops marketing concepts and programs that may be used by its members. It is not involved in the chain of distribution.
Among the automotive lines that each NAPA member purchases and distributes are certain lines designated, cataloged, advertised and promoted as NAPA lines. The members are not required to purchase any specific quantity of parts so designated and may, and do, purchase competitive lines from other supply sources.
The Company and the other NAPA members use the federally registered trademark NAPA® as part of the trade name of their distribution centers and parts stores. The Company contributes to NAPAs national advertising program, which is designed to increase public recognition of the NAPA name and to promote NAPA product lines.
The Company is a party, together with other members of NAPA and NAPA itself, to a consent decree entered by the Federal District Court in Detroit, Michigan, on May 4, 1954. The consent decree enjoins certain practices under the federal antitrust laws, including the use of exclusive agreements with manufacturers of automotive parts, allocation or division of territories among several NAPA members, fixing of prices or terms of sale for such parts among such members, and agreements to adhere to any uniform policy in selecting parts customers or determining the number and location of, or arrangements with, auto parts customers.
-4-
INDUSTRIAL PARTS GROUP.
The Industrial Parts Group distributes industrial replacement parts and related supplies throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. This Group distributes industrial bearings and power transmission equipment replacement parts, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, agricultural and irrigation equipment and related supplies. The Group is continuing to enhance their internet-based procurement solutions with MotionMRO.com.
The Company distributes industrial parts in the United States through Motion Industries, Inc. (Motion), headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Motion Industries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In Canada, industrial parts are distributed by Motion Industries (Canada), Inc. [Motion (Canada)], an operating group in the North American structure. Motion (Canada)s service area includes nine provinces of Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Quebec, and Saskatchewan. In Mexico, industrial parts are distributed by another operating division, Motion Industries (Mexico) [(Motion (Mexico)], through a partnership with power transmission specialist Refacciones Industriales de Mexico (RIMSA). Motion (Mexico) serves the market through seven locations in seven major Mexican cities. The Company has return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.
As of December 31, 2002, the Group served more than 150,000 customers in all types of industries located throughout the United States, Mexico and Canada.
Distribution System . In North America, the Industrial Parts Group operates 466 branches, nine distribution centers, and 29 service centers. The distribution centers stock and distribute more than 200,000 different items purchased from more than 250 different suppliers. Approximately 62% of 2002 total industrial purchases were made from 10 major suppliers. Sales are generated from the Groups branches located in 48 states, nine provinces in Canada, and seven cities in Mexico. Each branch has warehouse facilities that stock significant amounts of inventory representative of the lines of products used by customers in the respective market area served.
Motion (Canada) operates two distribution centers for the 64 Canadian locations serving industrial and agricultural markets. Motion (Canada) also distributes irrigation systems and related supplies.
Products . The Industrial Parts Group distributes a wide variety of products to its customers, primarily industrial concerns, to maintain and operate plants, machinery and equipment. Products include such items as hoses, belts, bearings, pulleys, pumps, valves, chains, gears, sprockets, speed reducers and electric motors. The nature of this Groups business demands the maintenance of large inventories and the ability to provide prompt and demanding delivery requirements. Virtually all of the products distributed are installed by the customer. Most orders are filled immediately from existing stock and deliveries are normally made within 24 hours of receipt of order. The majority of all sales are on open account.
Related Information . Non-exclusive distributor agreements are in effect with most of the Groups suppliers. The terms of these agreements vary; however, it has been the experience of the Group that the custom of the trade is to treat such agreements as continuing until breached by one party, or until terminated by mutual consent.
Integrated Supply . Motions integrated supply process reduces the costs associated with MRO (Maintenance, Repair and Operation) inventory management, but also enables the manufacturing customer to focus on its core competency, free working capital associated with inventories, improve service levels to end-users, and allow management to focus on more strategic concerns. Motions integrated supply process analyzes a customers current operation to develop integration goals and then provides solutions based on industrys accepted best practices.
Segment Data . In the year ended December 31, 2002, sales from the Companys Industrial Parts Group approximated 27% of the Companys net sales as compared to 27% in 2001 and 28% in 2000.
-5-
Competition . The Industrial Parts Group competes with other distributors specializing in the distribution of such items, general line distributors and others who have developed or joined integrated supply programs. To a lesser extent, the Group competes with manufacturers that sell directly to the customer.
OFFICE PRODUCTS GROUP.
The Office Products Group, operated through S. P. Richards Company (S. P. Richards), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. S. P. Richards is engaged in the wholesale distribution of a broad line of office and other business related products that are used in the daily operation of businesses, schools, offices and institutions. Office products fall into the general categories of computer supplies, imaging supplies, office furniture, office machines, general office supplies, school supplies, janitorial supplies and breakroom supplies.
Horizon USA Data Supplies, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of S. P. Richards, is a distributor of computer supplies and accessories. In 2002, HorizonUSA opened a new facility in Vancouver, Canada and in December 2002 moved into a new headquarters and distribution center in Reno, Nevada.
The Office Products Group is represented in Canada through S. P. Richards Canada. Headquartered near Vancouver, British Columbia, S. P. Richards Canada services office product resellers throughout Canada from locations in Vancouver, Toronto, Calgary and Winnipeg.
The Office Products Group distributes computer supplies including storage media, printer supplies and computer accessories; office furniture to include desks, credenzas, chairs, chair mats, partitions, files and computer furniture; office machines to include telephones, answering machines, calculators, fax machines, multi-function copiers, printers, digital cameras, laminators and shredders; general office supplies to include desk accessories, business forms, accounting supplies, binders, filing supplies, report covers, writing instruments, envelopes, note pads, copy paper, mailroom supplies, drafting supplies and audiovisual supplies; school supplies to include bulletin boards, teaching aids and art supplies; janitorial supplies to include cleaning supplies, paper towels and trash can liners; and breakroom supplies to include napkins, utensils, snacks and beverages. S. P. Richards has return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.
The Office Products Group distributes more than 30,000 items to over 7,000 business product resellers throughout the United States and Canada from a network of 43 distribution centers. This network of strategically located distribution centers provides overnight delivery of the Companys comprehensive product offering. Approximately 62% of the Companys 2002 total office products purchases were made from 10 major suppliers.
The Office Products Group sells strictly to resellers of office products. These resellers include independently owned office product dealers, national office product superstores, large contract stationers, mail order companies and college bookstores. Resellers are offered comprehensive marketing programs, which include full line catalogs and flyers as well as education and training resources.
While the Company inventories include products from over 350 of the industrys leading manufacturers, S. P. Richards also markets four proprietary brands of items. These brands include: SPARCO®, an economical line of office supply basics; Compucessory, a line of computer accessories; NATURE SAVER®, an offering of recycled paper products and Elite Image, a line of new and remanufactured toner cartridges.
Segment Data . In the year ended December 31, 2002, sales from the Companys Office Products Group approximated 17% of the Companys net sales as compared to 17% in 2001 and 16% in 2000.
Competition . In the distribution of office supplies to retail dealers, S. P. Richards competes with many other wholesale distributors as well as with manufacturers of office products and large national retail chains.
-6-
ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC MATERIALS GROUP.
The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group was formed on July 1, 1998 through the acquisition of EIS, Inc. (EIS). This Group distributes materials for the manufacture and repair of electrical and electronic apparatus. With branch locations in 33 cities nationwide and in Mexico, this Group stocks over 100,000 items, from insulating and conductive materials to assembly tools and test equipment. This Group also has three manufacturing facilities that provide custom fabricated parts and one manufacturing plant that produces printed circuit board drillroom products. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group is an important single source to original equipment manufacturers, repair shops, the electronic assembly market, and printed circuit board manufacturers. EIS actively utilizes its E-commerce Internet site to present its products to customers while allowing these on-line visitors to conveniently purchase from a large product assortment.
In 2002, the Company distributed electrical materials through EIS, headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. Electronic materials were distributed through EISs operating divisions, Com-Kyl and Circuit Supply. Both electrical and electronic products are distributed from warehouse locations in major user markets throughout the U.S. The Company has return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.
Products. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group distributes a wide variety of products to customers from over 400 vendors. Products include such items as magnet wire, copper clad laminate, conductive materials, insulating and shielding materials, assembly tools, test equipment, adhesives and chemicals, pressure sensitive tapes, solder, anti-static products, and thermal management products. To meet the prompt delivery demands of its customers, this Group maintains large inventories. The majority of sales are on open account. Approximately 62% of 2002 total Electrical/Electronic Materials Group purchases were made from 10 major suppliers.
Integrated Supply. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Groups integrated supply programs are a part of the marketing strategy, as a greater number of customersespecially national accountsare given the opportunity to participate in this low-cost, high-service capability. The Group developed AIMS (Advanced Inventory Management System), a totally integrated, highly automated solution for inventory management. The Groups Integrated Supply offering also includes SupplyPro, an electronic vending dispenser used to eliminate costly tool crib, or in-house stores, at customer warehouse facilities.
Segment Data. In the year ended December 31, 2002 sales from the Companys Electrical/Electronic Materials Group approximated 4% of the Companys sales, as compared to 5% in 2001 and 6% in 2000.
Competition. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group competes with other distributors specializing in the distribution of electrical and electronic products, general line distributors, and, to a lesser extent, manufacturers that sell directly to customers.
* * * * * * * * * *
-7-
Internet Website. The Companys internet website can be found at www.genpt.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or through our internet website, access to our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed, or furnished, to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Executive Officers of the Company
. The table below sets forth the name and age
of each person deemed to be an executive officer of the Company as of
March 4, 2003, the position or office held by each and the period during which each
has served as such. Each executive officer is elected by the Board of
Directors and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until his
successor has been elected and has qualified, or until his earlier death,
resignation, removal, retirement or disqualification.
Year First
Name
Age
Position of Office
Assumed Position
Larry L. Prince
64
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer
1990/1989
Thomas C. Gallagher
55
President and Chief Operating Officer
1990
George W. Kalafut
69
Executive Vice President
1991
Jerry W. Nix
57
Executive Vice
President Finance *
2000
Edward Van Stedum
53
Senior Vice President-Human Resources
1996
* | Also serves as the Companys Principal Financial and Accounting Officer. |
All executive officers have been employed by and have served as officers of the Company for at least the last five years.
Forward Looking Statements. Statements in this report or incorporated herein constitute forward-looking statements that are subject to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Company cautions that its forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The Company undertakes no duty to update its forward-looking statements, which reflect the Companys beliefs, expectations, and plans as of the present. Actual results or events may differ materially from those indicated as a result of various important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changes in general economic conditions, the growth rate of the market for the Companys products and services, the ability to maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships, competitive product and pricing pressures, the effectiveness of the Companys promotional, marketing and advertising programs, changes in laws and regulations, including changes in accounting and taxation guidance, the uncertainties of litigation, as well as other risks and uncertainties discussed from time to time in the Companys filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
The Companys headquarters and Automotive Parts Group headquarters are located in two adjacent office buildings owned by Genuine Parts Company in Atlanta, Georgia.
The Companys Automotive Parts Group currently operates 57 NAPA Distribution Centers in the United States distributed among four geographic divisions. Approximately 90% of the distribution center properties are owned by the Company. At December 31, 2002, the Company operated approximately 900 NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located in 43 states, and the Company owned either a minority or majority interest in approximately 31 additional auto parts stores located in 19 states. Other than NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located within Company owned distribution centers, most of the automotive parts stores in which the Company has an ownership interest were operated in leased facilities. In addition, UAP operated 15 distribution centers and approximately 226 automotive parts and TRACTION stores in Canada, and Auto Todo operates 10 distribution centers and 18 stores in Mexico. The Companys Automotive Parts Group also operates four Balkamp distribution centers, five Rayloc rebuilding plants, one transfer and shipping facility, and eleven Johnson Industries distribution centers.
The Companys Industrial Parts Group, operating through Motion, Motion (Canada) and Motion (Mexico), operates 9 distribution centers, 29 service centers and 466 branches. Approximately 90% of these branches are operated in leased facilities.
-8-
The Companys Office Products Group operates 39 facilities in the United States and 4 facilities in Canada distributed among the Groups five geographic divisions. Approximately 75% of these facilities are operated in leased buildings.
The Companys Electrical/Electronic Materials Group operates in 31 cities in the United States and 2 cities in Mexico. All of this Groups 33 facilities are operated in leased buildings except one facility, which is owned.
For additional information regarding rental expense on leased properties, see Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on Page 34 of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
The Company is subject to various legal and governmental proceedings, many involving routine litigation incidental to the businesses, including several hundred product liability lawsuits resulting from its national distribution of automotive parts and supplies. Many of these involve claims of personal injury allegedly resulting from the use of automotive parts distributed by the Company. While litigation of any type contains an element of uncertainty, the Company believes that its defense and ultimate resolution of pending and reasonably anticipated claims will continue to occur within the ordinary course of the Companys business, and that resolution of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys operations or consolidated business and financial condition.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
Not applicable.
PART II.
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
Information required by this item is set forth under the heading Market and Dividend Information on Page 16 of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference. During the second quarter of 2002, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,427 shares of Company stock pursuant to an earnout in connection with the acquisition of Hunt Automotive. These shares are in addition to an aggregate 42,939 shares that were issued in prior periods in connection with the Hunt acquisition. All such shares were issued in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the regulations there under.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
Information required by this item is set forth under the heading Selected Financial Data on Page 16 of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
Information required by this item is set forth under the heading Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations on Pages 18 through 23 of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
-9-
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
Information related to this item is set forth under the heading Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations on Pages 18 through 23 and under Note 4 Credit Facilities on Page 33 of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
Information required by this item is set forth in the consolidated financial statements on Pages 17 and 25 through 37, in Report of Independent Auditors on Page 24, and under the heading Quarterly Results of Operations on Page 23, of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not applicable.
PART III.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
Information required by this item is set forth under the headings Nominees for Director and Members of the Board of Directors Continuing in Office on Pages 3 through 4 of the definitive proxy statement for the Companys Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2003, and is incorporated herein by reference. Certain information required by this Item is included in and incorporated by reference to Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
Information required by this item is set forth under the heading Executive Compensation and Other Benefits on Pages 9 through 11, and under the headings Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation, Compensation Pursuant to Plans and Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements on Pages 13 through 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the Companys Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2003, and is incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall the information contained in the definitive proxy statement for the Companys 2002 Annual Meeting on Pages 11 through 13 under the heading Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee Report on Executive Compensation; on Pages 18 and 19 under the heading Performance Graph; or on Page 19 under the heading Audit Committee Report be incorporated herein by reference.
-10-
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
Information required by this item is set forth under the headings Common
Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Common Stock Ownership of
Management on Pages 6 through 9 of the definitive proxy statement for the
Companys Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2003, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Equity Compensation Plan
Information
The
following table gives information as of December 31, 2002 about
the common stock that may be issued under all of the Companys
existing equity compensation plans.
(a)
(c)
Number of Securities
Number of Securities
(b)
Remaining Available for
to be Issued Upon
Weighted Average
Future Issuance Under Equity
Exercise of Outstanding
Exercise Price of
Compensation Plans
Options, Warrants and
Outstanding Options,
(Excluding Securities
Plan Category
Rights
Warrants and Rights
Reflected in Column(a))
2,629,268
(1)
$
30.21
- 0 -
4,887,762
(2)
$
29.12
4,080,000
28,558
(3)
n/a
971,442
7,545,588
5,051,442
(1) | Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended | |
(2) | Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended | |
(3) | Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended | |
(4) | The table does not include information for the EIS, Inc., 1993 Equity Incentive Plan assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of EIS, Inc. in 1998. As of December 31, 2002, a total of 56,479 shares of the Companys common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under that assumed plan. The weighted average exercise price of those outstanding options is $18.47 per share. No additional options may be granted under the EIS, Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan. |
Directors Deferred Compensation Plan
The Company established, effective as of November 1, 1996, a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan known as the Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. This plan is open to all non-employee directors of the Company and permits participants to defer the receipt of all of their director fees and/or meeting fees until a specified date, which must be at least two calendar years following the date of the election to defer. Participants may elect to have the deferred amounts allocated to an interest bearing account or an account that is credited with Company common stock equivalents. Each participant may elect to receive payment of the deferred amounts in cash or shares of Company common stock. The shares of Company common stock distributable to directors under this plan must be previously issued and repurchased shares and may not be original issue shares. A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of common stock may be distributed under this plan.
-11-
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
Not applicable.
ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Within the 90-day period prior to the date of this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Companys management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Companys management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Companys reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Companys management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. There have been no significant changes in the Companys internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date that Company management conducted its evaluation.
PART IV.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
(a) | (1) and (2) The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report. |
(3) The following Exhibits are filed as part of this report in Item 15(c): |
-12-
Exhibit 10.1 *
1988 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference
from the Companys Annual Meeting Proxy Statement, dated
March 9, 1988.)
Exhibit 10.2 *
Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement,
adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain
executive officers of the Company. (Incorporated herein
by reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K, dated March 15, 1989.)
Exhibit 10.3 *
Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the
Company and certain executive officers of the Company
providing for a supplemental employee benefit upon a
change in control of the Company. (Incorporated herein by
reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 15, 1989.)
Exhibit 10.4 *
Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan,
effective January 1, 1991. (Incorporated herein by
reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 8, 1991.)
Exhibit 10.5 *
1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective April 20,
1992. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Meeting Proxy Statement, dated March 6,
1992.)
Exhibit 10.6 *
Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between
the Company and Larry L. Prince. (Incorporated herein
by reference from the Companys Form 10-Q, dated May 6,
1994.)
Exhibit 10.7 *
Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between
the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher. (Incorporated herein
by reference from the Companys Form 10-Q, dated May 6,
1994.)
Exhibit 10.8 *
The Genuine Parts Company Restated Tax-Deferred Savings
Plan, effective January 1, 1993. (Incorporated herein by
reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 3, 1995.)
Exhibit 10.9 *
Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental
Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1995. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
Exhibit 10.10 *
Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and restated January
1, 1994. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 3,
1995.)
Exhibit 10.11 *
Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and
restated effective January 1, 1989. (Incorporated herein
by reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
Exhibit 10.12 *
Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, effective
September 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by reference to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7,
1996.)
Exhibit 10.13 *
Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
effective April 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by
reference to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 7, 1996.)
-13-
Exhibit 10.14 *
Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
dated September 28, 1995, effective January 1, 1995.
(Incorporated herein by reference to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 1996.)
Exhibit 10.15 *
Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred Compensation
Plan, effective November 1, 1996. (Incorporated herein
by reference to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 10, 1997.)
Exhibit 10.16 *
Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan
dated May 24, 1996, effective January 1, 1996.
(Incorporated herein by reference to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
Exhibit 10.17 *
Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan
dated December 3, 1996, effective January 1, 1996.
(Incorporated herein by reference to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
Exhibit 10.18 *
Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
December 3, 1996, effective November 1, 1996.
(Incorporated herein by reference to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
Exhibit 10.19 *
Amendment No. 4-A to the Genuine Parts Company Pension
Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective January 1, 1996.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
Exhibit 10.20 *
Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
dated August 7, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference
from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March
10, 1998.)
Exhibit 10.21 *
Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
dated October 6, 1997, effective January 1, 1997.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
Exhibit 10.22 *
Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
August 7, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10,
1998.)
Exhibit 10.23 *
Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental
Retirement Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective August
15, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10,
1998.)
Exhibit 10.24 *
Genuine Parts Company Death Benefit Plan, effective July
15, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10,
1998.)
Exhibit 10.25 *
Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.26 *
Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1999.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.27 *
Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1994.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
-14-
Exhibit 10.28 *
Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.29 *
Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.30 *
Genuine Parts Company 1999 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan,
effective April 19, 1995. (Incorporated herein by
reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 10, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.31 *
Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999,
between the Company and Larry L. Prince. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Form 10-Q, dated
May 3, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.32 *
Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999,
between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys Form
10-Q, dated May 3, 1999.)
Exhibit 10.33 *
Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
dated January 26, 1999, effective September 30, 1998.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.34 *
Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan,
dated December 30, 1999, effective January 1, 1989;
December 31, 1999; and January 1, 2000. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.35 *
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option
and Incentive Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April
19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10,
2000.)
Exhibit 10.36 *
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred
Savings Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19,
1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.37 *
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Original Deferred
Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April
19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10,
2000.)
Exhibit 10.38 *
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred
Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April
19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10,
2000.)
Exhibit 10.39 *
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental
Retirement Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19,
1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.40 *
Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
January 26, 1999, effective January 1, 1999. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
-15-
Exhibit 10.41 *
Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
February 4, 1999, effective January 1, 1999. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.42 *
Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
April 5, 1999, effective April 1, 1999. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.43 *
Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
December 30, 1999, effective November 30, 1999.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
Exhibit 10.44*
Amendment No. 11 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
January 19, 2001, effective April 1, 2000. (Incorporated
herein by reference from the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K, dated March 12, 2001.)
Exhibit 10.45*
Amendment No. 12 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated
January 19, 2001, effective December 29, 2000.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 12, 2001.)
Exhibit 10.46*
Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension
Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001.
(Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
Exhibit 10.47*
Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred
Savings Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1,
2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7,
2002.)
Exhibit 10.48*
Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental
Retirement Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July
1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7,
2002.)
Exhibit 10.49*
Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine
Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated July 1,
2001, effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by
reference from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K,
dated March 7, 2002.)
Exhibit 10.50*
Amendment No. 1 to the Trust Agreement Executed in
Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation Plans, dated December 5, 2001,
effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference
from the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March
7, 2002.)
Exhibit 10.51*
Group Insurance Plan for Employees of Genuine Parts
Company, as amended and restated effective January 1,
2000. (Incorporated herein by reference from the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7,
2002.)
Exhibit 10.52*
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred
Compensation Plan, dated November 14, 2002, effective
November 14, 2002.
Exhibit 10.53*
Genuine Parts Company Partnership Plan, as amended and
restated effective January 1, 2001, and executed February
27, 2002.
-16-
Exhibit 10.54*
Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and
restated effective January 1, 2001 unless otherwise
specified herein, and executed February 27, 2002.
Exhibit 10.55*
Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as
amended and restated as of November 19, 2001.
Exhibit 10.56*
Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option
and Incentive Plan, dated November 19, 2001, effective
November 19, 2001.
* | Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements. |
Exhibit 13 | The following sections and pages of the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders: | |
- Selected Financial Data on Page 16 | ||
- Market and Dividend Information on Page 16 | ||
- Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition on Pages 18-23 | ||
- Quarterly Results of Operations on Page 23 | ||
- Segment Data on Page 17 | ||
- Report of Independent Auditors on Page 24 | ||
- Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on Pages 25-37. | ||
Exhibit 21 | Subsidiaries of the Company | |
Exhibit 23 | Consent of Independent Auditors |
(b) | Reports on Form 8-K. There were no Reports on Form 8-K filed for the quarter ended December 31, 2002. | |
(c) | Exhibits. The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report. | |
(d) | Financial Statement Schedules. The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report. |
-17-
SIGNATURES .
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
/s/ Larry L. Prince | 3/21/03 | /s/ Jerry W. Nix | 3/21/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
Larry L. Prince
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
(Date) |
Jerry W. Nix
Executive Vice President - Finance (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
(Date) |
-18-
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/ Mary B. Bullock | 2/17/03 | /s/ Richard W. Courts II | 2/17/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
Dr. Mary B. Bullock
Director |
(Date) |
Richard W. Courts II
Director |
(Date) | |||
/s/ Bradley Currey, Jr. | 2/17/03 | /s/ Jean Douville | 2/17/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
Bradley Currey, Jr.
Director |
(Date) |
Jean Douville
Director |
(Date) | |||
/s/ Robert P. Forrestal | 2/17/03 | /s/ Thomas C. Gallagher | 2/17/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
Robert P. Forrestal
Director |
(Date) |
Thomas C. Gallagher
Director President and Chief Operating Officer |
(Date) | |||
/s/ John D. Johns | 2/17/03 | /s/ Michael M. E. Johns | 2/17/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
John D. Johns
Director |
(Date) |
Michael M. E.
Johns
Director |
(Date) | |||
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier | 2/17/03 | /s/ Larry L. Prince | 2/17/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
J. Hicks Lanier
Director |
(Date) |
Larry L. Prince
Director Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
(Date) | |||
/s/ Alana S. Shepherd | 2/17/03 | /s/ Lawrence G. Steiner | 2/17/03 | |||
|
|
|||||
Alana S. Shepherd
Director |
(Date) |
Lawrence G. Steiner
Director |
(Date) | |||
/s/ James B. Williams | 2/17/03 | |||||
|
||||||
James B. Williams
Director |
(Date) |
-19-
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Larry L. Prince, certify that:
Date: March 21, 2003
I, Jerry W. Nix, certify that:
Date: March 21, 2003
Annual Report on Form 10-K
Item 15(a)(1) and (2), (c) and (d)
List of Financial Statements
Certain Exhibits
Year Ended December 31, 2002
Genuine Parts Company
Atlanta, Georgia
Form 10-K - Item 15(a)(1) and (2)
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
Index of Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements of Genuine Parts Company and
subsidiaries, included in the annual report of the registrant to its
shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, are incorporated by
reference in Item 8:
The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Genuine Parts
Company and subsidiaries is included in Item 15(d):
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Genuine Parts Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
a)
designed such disclosure
controls and procedures
to ensure that material
information relating to
the registrant,
including its
consolidated
subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others
within those entities,
particularly during the
period in which this
annual report is being
prepared;
b)
evaluated the
effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure
controls and procedures
as of a date within 90
days prior to the filing
date of this annual
report (the Evaluation
Date); and
c)
presented in this annual
report our conclusions
about the effectiveness
of the disclosure
controls and procedures
based on our evaluation
as of the Evaluation
Date;
5.
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
all significant
deficiencies in the
design or operation of
internal controls which
could adversely affect
the registrants ability
to record, process,
summarize and report
financial data and have
identified for the
registrants auditors
any material weaknesses
in internal controls;
and
b)
any fraud, whether or
not material, that
involves management or
other employees who have
a significant role in
the registrants
internal controls; and
6.
The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report
whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors
that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most
recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant
deficiencies and material weaknesses.
/s/ Larry L. Prince
Larry L. Prince
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
Table of Contents
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Genuine Parts Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
a)
designed such disclosure
controls and procedures
to ensure that material
information relating to
the registrant,
including its
consolidated
subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others
within those entities,
particularly during the
period in which this
annual report is being
prepared;
b)
evaluated the
effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure
controls and procedures
as of a date within 90
days prior to the filing
date of this annual
report (the Evaluation
Date); and
c)
presented in this annual
report our conclusions
about the effectiveness
of the disclosure
controls and procedures
based on our evaluation
as of the Evaluation
Date;
5.
The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
all significant
deficiencies in the
design or operation of
internal controls which
could adversely affect
the registrants ability
to record, process,
summarize and report
financial data and have
identified for the
registrants auditors
any material weaknesses
in internal controls;
and
b)
any fraud, whether or
not material, that
involves management or
other employees who have
a significant role in
the registrants
internal controls; and
6.
The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report
whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors
that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most
recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant
deficiencies and material weaknesses.
/s/ Jerry W. Nix
Jerry W. Nix
Executive Vice President Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Consolidated balance sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001
Consolidated statements of income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001,
and 2000
Consolidated statements of cash
flows - Years ended December 31, 2002,
2001, and 2000
Notes to consolidated financial
statements - December 31, 2002
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Table of Contents
Annual Report on Form 10-K
Item 15(d)
Financial Statement Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
Balance at
Charged
Balance at
Beginning
to Costs
End
of Period
and Expenses
Deductions
of Period
$
6,928,609
$
13,875,788
$
(13,433,963
)
1
$
7,370,434
$
7,370,434
$
26,515,715
$
(24,621,880
)
1
$
9,264,269
$
18,300,000
3
$
(400,000
)
2
$
17,900,000
$
9,264,269
$
20,856,135
$
(21,892,433
)
1
$
8,227,971
$
17,900,000
$
(9,900,000
)
2
$
8,000,000
1 Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries. | ||
2 Facility consolidation expenses paid. | ||
3 Facility consolidation expenses accrued. |
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
ITEM 15(a)(3)
LIST OF EXHIBITS
The following Exhibits are incorporated by reference as set forth in Item 15 on pages 12-17 of this Form 10-K:
- | 3.1 | Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated April 18, 1988, and as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated November 20, 1989 and April 18, 1994. | ||||
- | 3.2 | By-laws of the Company, as amended February 19, 2001. | ||||
- | 4.1 | Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated November 15, 1999, between the Company and SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, as Rights Agent. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 1999.) | ||||
- | 4.2 | Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-63874). | ||||
- | 4.3 | Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.) | ||||
Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. The Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request. |
- | 10.1* | 1988 Stock Option Plan. | ||
- | 10.2* | Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company. | ||
- | 10.3* | Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company providing for a supplemental employee benefit upon a change in control of the Company. | ||
- | 10.4* | Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1991. | ||
- | 10.5* | 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective April 20, 1992. | ||
- | 10.6* | Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Larry L. Prince. | ||
- | 10.7* | Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher. | ||
- | 10.8* | The Genuine Parts Company Restated Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, effective January 1, 1993. | ||
- | 10.9* | Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1995. | ||
- | 10.10* | Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 1994. | ||
- | 10.11* | Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 1989. | ||
- | 10.12* | Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, effective September 1, 1995. | ||
- | 10.13* | Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, effective April 1, 1995. | ||
- | 10.14* | Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated September 28, 1995, effective January 1, 1995. | ||
- | 10.15* | Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, effective November 1, 1996. |
- | 10.16* | Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated May 24, 1996, effective January 1, 1996. | ||
- | 10.17* | Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated December 3, 1996, effective January 1, 1996. | ||
- | 10.18* | Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 3, 1996, effective November 1, 1996. | ||
- | 10.19* | Amendment No. 4-A to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective January 1, 1996. | ||
- | 10.20* | Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 7, 1997. | ||
- | 10.21* | Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated October 6, 1997, effective January 1, 1997. | ||
- | 10.22* | Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated August 7, 1997. | ||
- | 10.23* | Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective August 15, 1997. | ||
- | 10.24* | Genuine Parts Company Death Benefit Plan, effective July 15, 1997. | ||
- | 10.25* | Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998. | ||
- | 10.26* | Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1999. | ||
- | 10.27* | Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1994. | ||
- | 10.28* | Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998. | ||
- | 10.29* | Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan. | ||
- | 10.30* | Genuine Parts Company 1999 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan. | ||
- | 10.31* | Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999, between the Company and Larry L. Prince. | ||
- | 10.32* | Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher. | ||
- | 10.33* | Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated January 26, 1999, effective September 30, 1998. | ||
- | 10.34* | Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated December 30, 1999, effective January 1, 1989; December 31, 1999; and January 1, 2000. | ||
- | 10.35* | Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. | ||
- | 10.36* | Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. | ||
- | 10.37* | Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Original Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. | ||
- | 10.38* | Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. | ||
- | 10.39* | Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. | ||
- | 10.40* | Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 26, 1999, effective January 1, 1999. | ||
- | 10.41* | Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated February 4, 1999, effective January 1, 1999. | ||
- | 10.42* | Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated April 5, 1999, effective April 1, 1999. |
- | 10.43* | Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 30, 1999, effective November 30, 1999. | ||
- | 10.44* | Amendment No. 11 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 19, 2001, effective April 1, 2000. | ||
- | 10.45* | Amendment No. 12 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 19, 2001, effective December 29, 2000. | ||
- | 10.46* | Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. | ||
- | 10.47* | Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. | ||
- | 10.48* | Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. | ||
- | 10.49* | Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated July 1, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. | ||
- | 10.50* | Amendment No. 1 to the Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans, dated December 5, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. | ||
- | 10.51* | Group Insurance Plan for Employees of Genuine Parts Company, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2000. | ||
* | Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements. |
EXHIBIT 10.52
AMENDMENT TO
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
DIRECTORS' DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
This Amendment (the "Amendment") to the Genuine Parts Company Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is made and executed this 14 day of November, 2002.
Pursuant to a resolution of the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Company, in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
1. SECTION 4.05(c) STOCK PAYMENT. One sentence shall be added at the end of Section 4.05(c), so that Section 4.05(c), as amended, shall read as follows:
"If a participant so designates as provided in Section 4.04(i), distributions from the Stock Account may be distributed to the Participant in the form of Common Stock rather than cash. The shares of Common Stock distributable to Directors under the Plan must be previously issued and repurchased shares and may not be original issue shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be distributed under the Plan shall be 1,000,000, and once such limit has been reached, all further distributions from Participants' Stock Accounts shall be made only in cash."
2. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. As modified hereby, the provisions of the Plan, as heretofore amended, shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
By: /s/ CAROL YANCEY ---------------------------- Vice President and Secretary |
EXHIBIT 10.53
GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2001)
GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 1 - INTRODUCTION 1 1.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN; BACKGROUND 1 1.02 EFFECTIVE DATE 1 1.03 PURPOSE 1 1.04 PLAN GOVERNS DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 1 ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS 3 ACCOUNT 3 ACT OR ERISA 3 ADJUSTMENT 3 AFFILIATE 3 AFFILIATED SPONSOR 3 AUTHORIZED ABSENCE 3 BENEFICIARY 4 BOARD 4 BREAK IN SERVICE 4 CODE 4 COMMITTEE 4 COMPANY 5 COMPANY STOCK 5 COMPANY STOCK FUND 5 COMPENSATION 5 CREDITED SERVICE 5 DISTRIBUTION 6 EFFECTIVE DATE 6 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE 6 EMPLOYEE 7 EMPLOYER 7 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION 7 EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION 7 EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT 7 EMPLOYMENT 7 ENTRY DATE 7 FIDUCIARY 7 FORMER PARTICIPANT 7 FUND 7 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 7 HOUR OF SERVICE 8 |
INVESTMENT FUND 9 NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 9 PARTICIPANT 9 PERMANENT DISABILITY 9 PLAN 9 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR OR ADMINISTRATOR 9 PLAN YEAR 10 PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 10 PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT 10 PRIOR PLAN 10 PRIOR EMPLOYER ACCOUNT 10 QUALIFIED 10 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION 10 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT 10 QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES 10 ROLLOVER ACCOUNT 10 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION 10 SPOUSE 11 TERMINATION DATE 11 TREASURY REGULATION 11 TRUST OR TRUST AGREEMENT 11 TRUSTEE 12 VALUATION DATE 12 OTHER RULES 12 ARTICLE 3 - PARTICIPATION 13 3.01 PARTICIPATION 13 3.02 YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE 14 3.03 PARTICIPATION AND REHIRE 14 3.04 ACQUISITIONS 15 3.05 NOT CONTRACT FOR EMPLOYMENT 15 ARTICLE 4 - PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 16 4.01 PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 16 4.02 ELECTIONS REGARDING PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 16 4.03 CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS 16 4.04 DEADLINE FOR CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION OF PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 18 4.05 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION 18 ARTICLE 5 - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 19 5.01 EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION 19 5.02 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS 19 5.03 FORM AND TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS 20 |
5.04 FORFEITURES 20 5.05 ELIGIBILITY TO SHARE IN EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES 21 ARTICLE 6 - ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS 22 6.01 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS 22 6.02 ALLOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS 23 6.03 ALLOCATION OF DIVIDENDS 23 6.04 ADJUSTMENT ATTRIBUTABLE TO PLAN LOANS 24 6.05 PLAN EXPENSES 24 6.06 INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS 24 6.07 ERRORS 25 ARTICLE 7 - VESTING 26 7.01 TERMINATION DATE ON OR AFTER AGE 65 26 7.02 PERMANENT DISABILITY 26 7.03 DEATH 26 7.04 OTHER TERMINATION DATE 26 7.05 FORFEITURES 27 ARTICLE 8 - DISTRIBUTIONS 29 8.01 COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION 29 8.02 METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION 30 8.03 PAYMENT TO MINORS AND INCAPACITATED PERSONS 30 8.04 APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS 31 8.05 SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION RULES 31 8.06 DISTRIBUTIONS PURSUANT TO QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS 32 8.07 DIRECT ROLLOVERS 32 8.08 PARTICIPANT WITHDRAWALS AFTER AGE 59-1/2 34 ARTICLE 9 - HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS 35 9.01 HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL OF ACCOUNT 35 9.02 DEFINITION OF HARDSHIP 35 9.03 MAXIMUM HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION 35 9.04 PROCEDURE TO REQUEST HARDSHIP 37 9.05 AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH LOAN PROGRAM 37 9.06 ELIGIBILITY FOR LOANS 37 9.07 LOAN AMOUNT 37 9.08 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LOANS 37 9.09 ASSIGNMENT OF ACCOUNT 38 9.10 INTEREST 38 9.11 TERM OF LOAN 38 9.12 LEVEL AMORTIZATION 38 |
9.13 DIRECTED INVESTMENT 38 9.14 OTHER REQUIREMENTS 39 9.15 DISTRIBUTION OF LOAN 39 9.16 SUSPENSION OF LOAN REPAYMENTS DURING MILITARY SERVICE 40 ARTICLE 10 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 41 10.01 NAMED FIDUCIARIES 41 10.02 BOARD OF DIRECTORS 41 10.03 TRUSTEE 42 10.04 COMMITTEE 42 10.05 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY DUTY 44 10.06 CLAIMS PROCEDURE 44 10.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF COMMITTEE 46 ARTICLE 11 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 47 11.01 RIGHT TO AMEND 47 11.02 TERMINATION OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS 47 11.03 IRS APPROVAL OF TERMINATION 48 ARTICLE 12 - SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES 49 12.01 DEFINITIONS 49 12.02 LIMIT ON PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 52 12.03 AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE 54 12.04 SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE 55 12.05 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ADP DEFERRALS 56 12.06 AVERAGE ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE 57 12.07 SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING AVERAGE ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES 58 12.08 DISTRIBUTION OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 59 12.09 COMBINED ACP AND ADP TEST 59 12.10 ORDER OF APPLYING CERTAIN SECTIONS OF ARTICLE 61 ARTICLE 13 - HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES 62 13.01 IN GENERAL 62 13.02 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 62 13.03 FORMER HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 62 13.04 DEFINITIONS 62 13.05 OTHER METHODS PERMISSIBLE 64 ARTICLE 14 - MAXIMUM BENEFITS 65 14.01 GENERAL RULE 65 |
14.02 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATION REPEALED 66 14.03 DEFINITIONS 66 ARTICLE 15 - TOP HEAVY RULES 68 15.01 GENERAL 68 15.02 DEFINITIONS 68 15.03 MINIMUM BENEFIT 69 15.04 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATION FOR TOP HEAVY YEARS REPEALED 70 ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS 71 16.01 HEADINGS 71 16.02 ACTION BY EMPLOYER 71 16.03 SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE 71 16.04 DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF PLAN 71 16.05 DISCRIMINATION 72 16.06 RELEASE 72 16.07 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS 72 16.08 AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS 72 16.09 MERGER 72 16.10 GOVERNING LAW 72 16.11 ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY AN AFFILIATED SPONSOR 73 16.12 PROTECTED BENEFITS 74 16.13 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN 75 16.14 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE 75 16.15 USE OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA 75 ARTICLE 17 - EGTRRA AMENDMENTS 76 17.01 BACKGROUND 76 17.02 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS 76 17.03 INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT 76 17.04 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION 77 17.05 CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS 77 17.06 DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS 77 17.07 ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS 78 17.08 REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST 79 17.09 DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT 79 17.10 SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION 79 17.11 MODIFICATION OF TOP HEAVY RULES 79 SCHEDULE A 82 SCHEDULE B 84 SCHEDULE C 88 SCHEDULE D 98 |
GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2001)
ARTICLE 1
INTRODUCTION
1.01 Establishment of Plan; Background. (a) Effective July 1, 1988, Genuine Parts Company adopted and established the Genuine Partnership Plan. Effective January 1, 1994, the plan was amended and restated (the "Prior Plan"). The Prior Plan was at all times maintained as a plan meeting the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. (b) The Prior Plan was amended and restated effective January 1, 2001, and is continued in an amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in this document (the "Plan"). 1.02 Effective Date. This Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2001. Notwithstanding this general effective date, certain provisions of this Plan (as set forth in this document) shall have effective dates different than January 1, 2001. 1.03 Purpose. This Plan is intended to provide a cash or deferred arrangement under Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k). Under the Plan, Participants can direct that a specified percentage of the amount that otherwise would have been paid to them as Compensation be contributed by the Employer to the Plan. The benefits described in the Plan are provided for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries. 1.04 Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits. The distribution of benefits for all Participants (whether employed by the Employer before or after the Effective Date) shall be governed by the provisions of this Plan. Nevertheless, early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefit protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected Benefits") shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits accrued under such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or elimination is permitted -1- |
under the Code, Treasury Regulations, authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service or judicial authority. |
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings which are set forth in this Article and which shall govern unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.
Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Committee or Trustee for each Participant or his or her Beneficiaries to which shall be allocated each Participant's interest in the Fund. Each Account shall be comprised of the sub-accounts described in Section 6.01.
Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Adjustment shall mean, for any Valuation Date, the aggregate earnings, realized or unrealized appreciation, losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized depreciation of the Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The determination of the Adjustment shall be made by the Trustee and shall be final and binding.
Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).
Affiliated Sponsor shall mean any corporation and any other entity that is designated by the Committee as an Affiliated Sponsor under the Plan. See Section 16.11 for provisions relating to an Affiliated Sponsor's adoption of the Plan. All Affiliated Sponsors, groups of employees designated as participating in the Plan by such Affiliated Sponsors (if not all employees), and the effective date of each company's designation as an Affiliated Sponsor shall be specified in Schedule A or Schedule B.
Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices, provided that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within the period of Authorized Absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Absence to the extent required by federal law.
Beneficiary shall mean, for unmarried Participants, any individual(s), trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities designated by the Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event of the Participant's death. The Committee may require certification by a Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void to the extent it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.
If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes) and if there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include any persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants.
A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless the Participant has designated a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written consent of his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a form provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. A married Participant's designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with the preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by the Participant or until the Participant marries a Spouse who has not consented to a designation in accordance with the preceding sentence.
For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant (i) files a valid designation with the Committee; or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke any prior designations.
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed by the Employer and does not resume Employment for seven or more consecutive years.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto.
Committee shall mean the Pension and Benefits Committee appointed by the Board under Article 10 to administer the Plan. This term is interchangeable with "Plan Administrator."
Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors and assigns which adopt this Plan.
Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.
Company Stock Fund shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account and each subaccount which is invested in Company Stock.
Compensation shall mean the gross annual earnings reported on a Participant's
Form W-2 (box 1 or its comparable location as provided on Form W-2 in future
years) as required by Code Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3). In addition,
Compensation shall include Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and salary
reduction pre-tax contributions to a Section 125 Plan maintained by the
Employer. Compensation shall be determined by ignoring any income exclusions
under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location of employment. In
addition, Compensation shall be determined by ignoring reimbursements or other
expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses,
deferred compensation (and for this purpose benefits under a stock option plan
are "deferred compensation") and welfare benefits (and for this purpose,
worker's compensation payments of any type and severance pay of any type shall
be considered "welfare benefits," but sick pay, short term disability and
vacation pay are not considered "welfare benefits"). Compensation shall not
include amounts in excess of the limitations set forth in Code Section
401(a)(17) ($200,000 in 2002).
Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an Employee of the Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional years) both before and after the Effective Date, measured in accordance with the following rules:
(a) Credited Service for Employment Prior to January 1, 1988. An Employee who was employed by the Company or an Affiliated Sponsor listed on Schedule A on June 30, 1988 shall receive Credited Service under this Plan for all years of Credited Service earned under and pursuant to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan prior to January 1, 1988. Credited Service so determined shall be the Participant's Credited Service under this Plan for all service prior to January 1, 1988. If an Employee was not employed by either the Company or an Affiliated Sponsor listed on Schedule A on June 30, 1988, such Employee shall not receive Credited Service under this Plan for his Employment prior to January 1, 1988.
(b) Credited Service for Employment On or After January 1, 1988. On or after January 1, 1988, an Employee shall receive Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1988 and ending on his Termination Date. If an Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Employee shall again receive Credited
Service (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his subsequent Termination Date.
(c) Break in Service. Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Employee is not vested in any portion of his Account.
(d) Employment with Affiliated Sponsors; Predecessor Businesses. Credited Service shall not include any period of employment with any Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated Sponsor or any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer except to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.
(e) Military Service. Credited Service shall not include any period of service in the military, except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law. See Section 16.14.
(f) Employment with Affiliates. An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered Employment with the Employer.
Distribution shall mean payment by the Trustee to or for the benefit of a Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary or other person entitled to benefits as provided in this Plan.
Effective Date shall mean January 1, 2001.
Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees identified in the
following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer. The following
Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees: (i) any Employee included
in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as
collective bargaining agent unless such Employee has been designated by the
Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan, (ii) any
employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from
the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States,
(iii) any person classified by the Employer as an independent contractor for
purposes of withholding and payment of employment taxes, even if such person is
later determined, whether by the Employer or otherwise, to be a common law
Employee of the Employer; (iv) any "leased employee" with respect to the
Employer ("Leased employee" shall mean any person, other than an Employee of the
Employer, who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person
("leasing organization") has performed services for the Employer (or for the
Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the
Employer), or (v) effective July 1, 2001, any Employee who is employed by or on
Authorized Absence from the Employer in Puerto Rico.
Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence from the
Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" (as defined in the
definition of "Eligible Employee") with respect to the Employer. However, if
such "leased employees" constitute less than 20 percent of the Employer's
combined non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section
414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term "Employee" shall not include "leased employees"
covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5).
Employer shall mean the Company and any Affiliated Sponsor. All Affiliated Sponsors are listed on Schedule A and Schedule B.
Employer Contribution shall mean Employer Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Employer Contributions may be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits for the taxable year or years ending with or within the Plan Year.
Employer Matching Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in Section 5.01.
Employer Matching Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's total Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Employer Matching Contributions.
Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the Employer. Employment with an Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated Sponsor and employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.
Entry Date shall mean the first business day of any calendar month.
Fiduciary shall mean any party named as a Fiduciary in Section 10.01. Any party shall be considered a Fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the Plan.
Former Participant shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.03(a).
Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement. If the Committee so directs, multiple trust funds may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder.
Highly Compensated Employee shall have that meaning as defined in Article 13.
Hour of Service shall mean:
(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or Employers.
(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or Authorized Absence; provided that in no event, shall an Employee receive credit for more than 501 Hours of Service for any single continuous period of non-working time. However, no Hours of Service shall be granted for any direct or indirect payment or for any entitlement to payment if (i) such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws or disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or medically related expenses.
(c) Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Absence by
reason of: (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) birth of a
child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a child with the
Employee in connection with the adoption of the child by the
Employee, or (iv) caring for a child referred to in paragraphs
(i) through (iii) immediately following birth or placement.
Hours credited under this paragraph shall be credited at the
rate of 10 hours per day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in
the aggregate, exceed the number of hours required to prevent
the Employee from incurring a Break in Service under Code
Section 410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first
computation period in which a Break in Service would otherwise
occur.
(d) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or Employers. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or period to which the award or agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.
(e) In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week (or 10 Hours of Service for each day) in which such Employee would be credited with Hours of Service in hourly pay. However, this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded by any Federal law, such
as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period.
The following rules shall apply in determining whether an Employee completes an "Hour of Service":
1. The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs (a),
(b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph (d)
above; nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs
(a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph (e)
above;.
2. The rules relating to determining hours of service for reasons other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those rules stated in Department of Labor regulations Title 29, Chapter XXV, subchapter C, part 2530, Sections 200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively.
Investment Fund shall mean the separate funds under the Trust Fund which are distinguished by their investment objectives. The term "Investment Fund" does not include a Participant's Company Stock Fund.
Non-highly Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Article 3.
Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which (i) for a Participant who is not in active Employment, entitles the Participant to Social Security disability benefits or (ii) for a Participant who is in active Employment, results in the Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan. A Participant's Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant is no longer receiving disability benefits (i) under Social Security for a Participant who is not in active Employment, or (ii) under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan for a Participant who is in active Employment.
Plan shall mean the Genuine Partnership Plan as set forth in this document, together with any subsequent amendments hereto.
Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board pursuant to Article 10 to administer the Plan. All references in the Plan to the Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Committee and vice versa. The Committee so appointed is hereby designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning
of Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for service of legal process for purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.
Plan Year shall be the calendar year.
Pre-Tax Contributions shall mean contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year by the Employer, at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation and that are made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Such contributions are nonforfeitable when made and distributable only as specified in Article 8 below.
Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Pre-Tax Contributions.
Prior Plan. See Section 1.01.
Prior Employer Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to assets transferred directly from the trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan and which are not separately allocated to an existing Account under this Plan. Sub-accounts may be established as necessary to separately account for pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, etc. Any restrictions or special rules applicable to the Prior Employer Account (including optional forms of benefit that are protected under Code Section 411(d)(6)) shall be set forth in Schedule C.
Qualified, as used in "qualified plan" or "qualified trust" shall mean a plan and trust which are entitled to the tax benefits provided respectively by Sections 401 and 501 of the Code, and related provisions of the Code.
Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in Section 5.02.
Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Qualified Nonelective Contributions.
Qualifying Employer Securities shall have that meaning as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.
Rollover Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Rollover Contributions or the total of the Adjustments attributable to such Rollover Contributions.
Rollover Contribution. See Section 4.05.
Spouse shall mean the person who was married to the Participant (in a civil or religious ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage was contracted) immediately prior to the date on which payments to the Participant from the Plan begin. If the Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits, Spouse shall mean a person who is married to a Participant (as defined in the immediately preceding sentence) on the date of the Participant's death. A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law marriage is recognized by applicable state law.
Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following events:
(a) Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or
(b) Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; or
(c) Termination on or after attaining age 65 (normal retirement date); or
(d) Death; or
(e) Two weeks after the end of an Authorized Absence; or
(f) One year after an absence from work due to workers compensation injury/accident; or
(g) Two years after an absence from work due to a Permanent Disability; or
(h) The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases Employment for any reason not described above, e.g., vacation, holiday, sickness, disability (but not a Permanent Disability resulting in a Distribution from the Plan), leave of absence, or layoff.
If, however, an Employee terminates his Employment on account of an event described in paragraphs (a) - (c) above and the Employee performs an Hour of Service within twelve months following such Termination Date (or such lesser period as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(a)-7(d)(iii)(B)), the Employee shall be considered as having been in active Employment during such period of absence. An Employee on Authorized Absence will not have a Termination Date earlier than the end of such Authorized Absence.
Treasury Regulation means regulations pertaining to certain Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Trust or Trust Agreement shall refer to the Fund established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust entered into between the Employer and one or more trustees (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation and maintenance of the
Fund, and all amendments thereto which may hereafter be made. It is expressly intended that (if the Committee so directs) multiple sub-trusts may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Trust Fund hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to be a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)- 1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed to include any fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration or group annuity contract between the Company and/or the Trustee and an insurer. Each trust agreement or contract with an insurer established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on Schedule D.
Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall accept the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee pursuant to the Plan.
Valuation Date. It is intended that the assets of the Plan will be invested in daily valued investment funds. Accordingly, the term "Valuation Date" shall mean each day of the calendar year during which the Trustee determines the fair market value of the assets held in the Investment Funds.
Other Rules. A defined term, such as "Termination," will normally govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Terminate," even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they are or are not initially capitalized. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require. The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.
ARTICLE 3
PARTICIPATION
3.01 Participation.
(a) In General. If an Eligible Employee is normally scheduled to work thirty (30) or more hours per week ("Full-Time Employee"), such Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.01(b) below. If an Eligible Employee is normally scheduled to work fewer than thirty (30) hours per week ("Part-Time Employee"), such Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.01(c) below. This Section 3.01(a) shall be effective January 1, 2000.
(b) Full-Time Employees. An Eligible Employee who is a Full-Time Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan for the purposes described below as of the following dates:
(1) For purposes of becoming eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and for all other purposes of the Plan related to making Pre-Tax Contributions (e.g., Investment Funds and elections) other than eligibility to receive an Employer Contribution and an allocation of forfeitures, the later of (i) the first day of the month after the Eligible Employee has completed three full months of Employment and attained age 18 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.
(2) For purposes of becoming eligible to receive an Employer Contribution and share in the allocation of any forfeitures (see Article 5), the Entry Date next following the later of (i) the date on which the Eligible Employee has both completed one Year of Eligibility Service and attained age 18 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.
(c) Part-Time Employees. An Eligible Employee who is a Part-Time Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan for all purposes of the Plan on the Entry Date next following the later of (i) the date on which the Eligible Employee has both completed one Year of Eligibility Service and attained age 18 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.
(d) Acquisitions. See Section 3.04 below for special rules that apply to new Employees following an acquisition.
3.02 Year of Eligibility Service.
(a) 1,000 Hour Rule. A Year of Eligibility Service is determined under the 1,000 Hours of Service method. Accordingly, an Employee shall receive one Year of Eligibility Service upon completing a twelve consecutive month period of Employment during which the Employee earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service. The initial twelve month period shall be the twelve consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's date of hire or rehire. If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during this 12 month period, the Employee shall receive a Year of Eligibility Service upon completing at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year (commencing with the Plan Year during which the Employee's first anniversary of his date of hire occurs).
(b) Break in Service. For purposes of determining whether an
Eligible Employee has satisfied the requirements of Section
3.01(b)(2), an Employee shall not receive credit for any Hours
of Service for purposes of Section 3.01(b)(2) during any
period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if, at
the time of such Break in Service, the Employee had not
satisfied the requirements of Section 3.01(b)(2). This rule
shall also apply for purposes of determining eligibility under
Section 3.01(b)(1) if, at the time of such Break in Service,
the Employee had not satisfied the requirements of Section
3.01(b)(1).
(c) Authorized Absence. A period during which an Employee is on Authorized Absence shall not count towards the Employee's Break in Service if such Employee resumes Employment immediately after the end of such Authorized Absence.
3.03 Participation and Rehire.
(a) Status as a Participant. A Participant's participation in the Plan shall continue until the Participant's Termination Date. On or after his Termination Date, the Employee shall be known as a "Former Participant" and his benefits shall thereafter be governed by the provisions of Article 8. The individual's status as a Former Participant shall cease as of the date the individual ceases to have any balance in his Account. If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee but does not have a Termination Date, then such person shall continue to be known as a "Participant," but shall not be eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and shall not be eligible to receive Employer Contributions.
(b) Rehire of Person who was a Participant in this Plan. An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in this Plan at the time of his Termination Date and who is subsequently rehired by an Employer, shall be
eligible to immediately participate in the portion(s) of the Plan for which the Participant was previously eligible effective on the date of his rehire or, if later, on the date he becomes an Eligible Employee. 3.04 Acquisitions. If a group of persons becomes employed by an Employer (or any of its subsidiaries or divisions) as a result of an acquisition of another employer, the Committee shall determine whether and to what extent employment with such prior employer shall be treated as Years of Eligibility Service, the applicable Entry Date (or special entry date) for such acquired employees, and any other terms and conditions which apply to eligibility to participate in this Plan. Such terms and conditions shall be set forth in Schedule A or Schedule B to this Plan by action of the Committee. Except to the extent required by law, employees of an acquired business which is not identified in Schedule A or Schedule B shall not receive credit under this Plan for their prior employment with the acquired business. 3.05 Not Contract for Employment. Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon dismissal from or voluntary termination of his employment, have any right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided. |
ARTICLE 4
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01 Pre-Tax Contributions. Effective on the Participant's initial Entry Date, a Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan. If a Participant fails to elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions at that time, a Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan effective as of the first day of any subsequent month (except during periods of suspension see Section 4.03). A Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan shall be made by means of payroll deduction. A Participant may contribute as a Pre-Tax Contribution any whole percentage from 1% to 16% of his Compensation during any Plan Year, and effective January 1, 2002, from 1% to 25% of his Compensation during any Plan Year. 4.02 Elections Regarding Pre-Tax Contributions. (a) Procedure for Making Elections. Elections by a Participant to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan shall be made in writing on a form prescribed by the Committee and by designating on such form the percentage of Compensation that will be contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution during each pay period. The election to make Pre-Tax Contributions shall be effective no earlier than the first day of the Participant's normal pay period beginning at least 30 days after the Employer receives such election form (or such smaller number of days as determined by the Committee on a nondiscriminatory basis). (b) Treatment as 401(k) Contributions. It is expressly intended that, to the extent allowable by law, Pre-Tax Contributions shall not be included in the gross income of the Participant for income tax purposes and shall be deemed contributions under a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code Section 401(k). (c) Additional Limitations of Pre-Tax Contributions. Pre-Tax Contributions shall be subject to the limitations described in Section 12.02 (maximum dollar contribution limit), Section 12.03 (ADP non-discrimination test) and Article 14 (Code Section 415 limit). 4.03 Change in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of Contributions. (a) Change of Contribution Percentage. A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of his Compensation contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution only on January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1 of each -16- |
Plan Year (or the first pay period that begins on or after such dates) by delivery of written notice to the Committee or by other means as approved by the Committee. In order to be effective, the Participant must notify the Committee at least 30 days prior to the date that the increase or decrease will become effective (or such lesser number of days as permitted by the Committee on a nondiscriminatory basis). This paragraph (a) is effective January 1, 1999. (b) Suspension of Contributions. A Participant may suspend his Pre-Tax Contributions at any time by properly completing a form prescribed by the Committee. The suspension of Pre-Tax Contributions will be effective on the first day of the Participant's normal payroll period that begins 30 days after the Participant delivers the completed form to the Committee. A Participant may resume making Pre-Tax Contributions on the first day of any month which is at least six months after the effective date of such suspension of contributions and only after informing the Committee in writing at least 30 days prior to the date on which the Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume. The Committee, on a nondiscriminatory basis, may prescribe a lesser number of days on which the suspension or resumption of Pre-Tax Contributions is to be effective. A Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions shall automatically be suspended beginning on the first payroll period that commences after the Participant is not in receipt of Compensation, the Participant's layoff or the Participant's Authorized Absence without pay. |
(c) Other Rules.
(1) See Section 9.03 for circumstances under which a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions could be suspended for a period of at least 12 months (6 months after January 1, 2002) after such Participant receives a hardship distribution.
(2) In order to satisfy the provisions of Article 12 and Article 14, the Committee may from time to time either temporarily suspend the Pre-Tax Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees or reduce the maximum permissible Pre-Tax Contribution that may be made to the Plan by Highly Compensated Employees.
(3) Any reduction, increase, or suspension of Pre-Tax Contributions described in this Article 4.03 shall be made in such manner as the Committee may prescribe from time to time consistent with the provisions of this Article.
4.04 Deadline for Contributions and Allocation of Pre-Tax Contributions. Pre-Tax Contributions shall be deducted by the Employer from the Participant's Compensation and paid to the Trustee as promptly as possible, but no later than fifteen days after the end of the calendar month in which the Employer retains the Pre-Tax Contributions (or such longer period of time granted by the Department of Labor or other government entity, agency or by an employee of such governmental entity or agency). 4.05 Rollover Contribution. (a) Without regard to any limitation on contributions set forth in this Article, an Eligible Employee shall be permitted, if the Committee consents (based on non-discriminatory criteria), to transfer to the Trustee during any Plan Year additional property acceptable to the Trustee, provided such property: (1) was received by the Eligible Employee from a Qualified Plan maintained by a previous employer of the Eligible Employee and qualifies as a rollover contribution within the meaning of Code Section 402(a)(5) or (2) was received by the Eligible Employee from an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity and qualifies as a rollover contribution within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(A)(ii). (b) Such property shall be held by the Trustee in the Employee's Rollover Account. All such amounts so held shall at all times be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Such amounts shall be distributed to the Employee upon Termination Date in the manner provided in Article 8. (c) See Section 8.07 regarding the right of a Participant to request a trustee to trustee transfer of the Participant's Account in lieu of a distribution of such Account. (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Eligible Employee who elects to make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan pursuant to this Section 4.05 shall not be considered a Participant for any other purpose under this Plan until such Eligible Employee has satisfied the applicable eligibility requirements of Section 3.01. |
(e) This Section 4.05 is effective January 1, 1999.
ARTICLE 5
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS
5.01 Employer Matching Contribution. (a) Eligibility to Receive Matching Contribution. For each payroll period, the Employer shall contribute to the Employer Matching Contribution Account of each Participant who made a Pre-Tax Contribution during such payroll period. See Section 3.01(b)(2) and Section 5.05 for additional eligibility requirements. (b) Amount of Employer Matching Contribution. The Employer Matching Contribution shall equal the lesser of 20% of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions made during the calendar month or 20% of the Participant's first 6% of Compensation for such month (1.2% of Compensation). (c) Qualifying Employer Securities. The Employer Matching Contributions are intended to be comprised primarily of Qualifying Employer Securities (i.e., Company Stock). It is hereby expressly provided that the Plan may acquire and hold Qualifying Employer Securities. 5.02 Qualified Nonelective Contributions. In the sole discretion of the Employer, an additional Employer Contribution may be made to the Plan which shall be known as a "Qualified Nonelective Contribution." Such contribution shall be made in order to satisfy the requirements of Article 12, and shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those Non-highly Compensated Employees selected by the Committee at the time such Qualified Nonelective Contribution is made, or as soon thereafter as possible. See Section 3.01(b)(2) and Section 5.05 for additional eligibility requirements. -19- |
5.03 Form and Timing of Contributions. (a) Employer Contributions shall be made in cash or in Qualifying Employer Securities. Employer Matching Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee as soon as administratively feasible but no later than the date prescribed by the Code for filing the Employer's federal income tax return, including authorized extensions. Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee on or before the last day of the twelfth month following the close of the Plan Year to which the contribution relates. This paragraph (a) is effective January 1, 1999. (b) Except as provided in this Section 5.03, all Employer Contributions shall be irrevocable, shall never inure to the benefit of any Employer, shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries (and contingently for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan), and shall be held and distributed by the Trustees only in accordance with this Plan. (c) Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, a contribution which was made by a mistake in fact, or conditioned upon the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a) or upon the deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution, the denial of the Plan's initial qualification, or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed), whichever is applicable. All contributions to this Plan are expressly conditioned on the deductibility of such contributions under Code Section 404. 5.04 Forfeitures. Forfeitures shall first be applied to restore amounts previously forfeited pursuant to Section 7.05(c). Next, forfeitures shall be used to pay expenses of the Plan which may be paid by the Plan in accordance with the provisions of ERISA. Thereafter any remaining forfeitures shall be allocated on the last day of the Plan Year (unless the Committee directs an earlier allocation) equally on a per capita basis among the Employer Matching Contribution Accounts of all Participants who made an Elective Deferral during the Plan Year in which the forfeitures are allocated. See Section 7.05 to determine when a forfeiture of a Participant's Account occurs. See Section 3.01(b)(2) and Section 5.05 for additional eligibility requirements. This Section 5.04 shall be effective January 1, 1999. -20- |
5.05 Eligibility to Share in Employer Contributions and Forfeitures. |
See Section 3.01(b)(2) for age and service requirements that an
Eligible Employee must satisfy as a condition to receiving an Employer
Contribution or sharing in the allocation of any forfeiture. An
Eligible Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Section
3.01(b)(1) (eligibility to make Pre-Tax Contributions) but not Section
3.01(b)(2) may make Pre-Tax Contributions (subject to the terms of the
Plan) but shall not be eligible to receive an Employer Matching
Contribution on such Pre-Tax Contribution or any other Employer
Contribution or allocation of forfeitures.
ARTICLE 6
ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS
6.01 Participant Accounts.
(a) Individual Account Plan. This Plan is an "individual account plan," as that term is used in ERISA. A separate Account shall be maintained for each Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary, so long as he has an interest in the Trust Fund.
(b) Sub-Accounts. Each Account shall be divided (as appropriate) into the following parts and sub-parts:
(1) The Pre-Tax Contribution Account, which shall reflect Pre-Tax Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.
(2) The Employer Matching Contribution Account, which shall reflect Employer Matching Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.
(3) The Prior Employer Account, which shall reflect assets transferred to this Plan directly from a trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan (and Adjustments thereto). The Prior Employer Account shall be further divided into such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to maintain, including assets contributed to the Qualified Plan as pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, employer matching contributions, rollover contributions, etc. To the extent deemed appropriate, portions or sub-portions of this Account may be allocated to and held in other Accounts. For example, pre-tax contributions transferred to this Plan from another Qualified Plan, may be allocated to and held as part of the Pre-Tax Contribution Account.
(4) The Rollover Account, which shall reflect the value of all investments derived from the Participant's Rollover Contributions under this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.
(5) The Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, which shall reflect Qualified Nonelective Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.
In addition, the Committee may divide such sub-accounts into such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems to be necessary or advisable under the circumstances or to establish other accounts or sub-accounts as needed. (c) Value of Account as of Valuation Date. As of each Valuation Date, each Participant's Account shall equal: (1) his total Account as determined on the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus (2) his Pre-Tax Contributions added to his Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus (3) his Employer Contributions added to his Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus (4) his Rollover Contributions or amounts transferred to this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan and which were added to his Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, minus (5) his Distributions, if any, since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus or minus (6) his allocable share of Adjustments. 6.02 Allocation of Adjustments. The Adjustment for each Investment Fund shall be calculated as of each Valuation Date. The Adjustment for a given Investment Fund shall be allocated to each Account invested in such Investment Fund in the proportion that each such Account bears to the total of all such Accounts. Such Valuation shall occur prior to the allocation of Employer Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions and transfers to this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan but after taking into account all Distributions since the prior Valuation Date. 6.03 Allocation of Dividends. Any cash or stock dividend received on shares of Company Stock allocated to a Participant's Company Stock Fund shall be allocated to such Participant's Company Stock Fund. -23- |
6.04 Adjustment Attributable to Plan Loans. The Adjustment that is allocable to the Participant's directed investment of his loan shall be the interest payments made by the Participant with respect to such loan since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. 6.05 Plan Expenses. The Committee may direct that expenses attributable to general Plan administration be allocated among the Accounts of all Participants (other than the Company Stock Fund) in proportion to their Account balances. 6.06 Investment Funds and Elections. (a) Election of Investment Funds. Each Participant shall direct, following such procedures as may be specified by the Committee, to have his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Prior Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account allocated or reallocated among the Investment Funds. (b) Initial Investment Direction. Effective January 1, 1999, a Participant's initial investment election must allocate his entire Account in 1% increments among the Investment Funds, as of the date of the directive, and all subsequent contributions to each sub-account for so long as the election remains in effect. For a period of time prior to January 1, 1999, allocations among the Investment Funds were made in 10% increments. An Employee who fails to make a proper investment election by the deadline established by the Committee for such purpose, shall be deemed to have elected the "Default Enrollment Election" which allocates 100% of his Account in the Default Fund (i.e., the Fixed Income Fund or other Investment Fund which, in the opinion of the Committee, best preserves the principal amount of the Participant's Account). Furthermore, effective January 1, 1999, the initial investment of each newly eligible Participant's Account shall automatically be made to the Default Fund until such Participant directs the investment of his or her Account. (c) Subsequent Elections. Investment elections will remain in effect until changed by a new election. Effective January 1, 1999, new elections may be made in 1% increments by a Participant once each calendar month (and effective April 1, 2001, changes may be made on a daily basis) and shall be effective as of the date the investment directive is delivered to the Committee (or its designee), pursuant to the rules and regulations established by the Committee and which are applied in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner. For a period of time prior to January 1, 1999, a Participant may make a new election to modify his investment elections -24- |
in 10% increments once each calendar quarter. New elections may change future allocations to the Participant's Account, may reallocate between the Investment Funds any amounts previously credited to the Participant's Account, or may leave the allocation of such prior amounts unchanged. (d) Investment Options. The Committee shall select such Investment Funds as are deemed appropriate and shall notify affected Participants of such Investment Funds. The Committee may modify, eliminate or select new Investment Funds from time to time and shall notify affected Participants of such changes and solicit new investment elections, if appropriate. (e) Company Stock Fund. A Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account shall consist primarily of Company Stock. Company Stock shall be held in the Participant's Company Stock Fund. Participants may not direct the investment of their Company Stock Fund and may not direct the Trustee to transfer other contributions (e.g., Pre-Tax Contributions, etc.) to the Company Stock Fund. 6.07 Errors. Where an error or omission is discovered in any Participant's Account, the Committee shall make appropriate corrective adjustments as of the end of the Plan Year in which the error or omission is discovered. If it is not practical to correct the error retroactively, then the Committee shall take such action in its sole discretion as may be necessary to make such corrective adjustments, provided that any such actions shall treat similarly situated Participants alike and shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. |
ARTICLE 7
VESTING
7.01 Termination Date On or After Age 65. A Participant who has a Termination Date on or after attaining age 65 shall be 100% vested in his Account. Such Account will be distributed on the date and in the form specified in Article 8. 7.02 Permanent Disability. A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of Permanent Disability shall become 100% vested in his Account as of the date of such Permanent Disability and shall be entitled to a Distribution of his Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8. 7.03 Death. A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of death shall become 100% vested in his Account. The Participant's Beneficiary shall receive a Distribution of such Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8. 7.04 Other Termination Date. (a) In General. For any reason other than a Termination Date on or after age 65, Permanent Disability or death, the Participant shall be entitled to the vested portion of his Account, which shall be distributed on the date and in the form specified in Article 8. (b) 100% Vesting in Certain Sub-Accounts. A Participant shall always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, and Rollover Account. (c) Three Year Vesting For Certain Sub-Accounts. Any Participant who has three or more Years of Credited Service shall be 100% vested in his Employer Matching Contribution Account. If a Participant has less than three Years of Credited Service at the time he has a Termination Date, the Participant shall forfeit all amounts held in his Employer Matching Contribution Account. (d) Prior Employer Account. See Schedule C for the vesting provisions applicable to a Participant's Prior Employer Account. |
(e) Forfeiture. That portion of the Participant's Account which is not vested upon the Participant's Termination Date shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 7.05.
7.05 Forfeitures.
(a) No Distribution of Account Prior to Break in Service. A Participant who has a Termination Date but who does not receive a Distribution of his vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service shall, upon incurring the Break in Service, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. If the terminated Participant resumes Employment with the Employer prior to incurring a Break in Service, then the Participant's entire Account, unreduced by any forfeiture, shall become his beginning Account on the date he resumes participation in the Plan.
(b) Distribution of Vested Account Prior to Break in Service. A Participant who has a Termination Date and receives a Distribution of his entire vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service, shall, upon such Distribution, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. A Participant who is not vested in his Account shall be deemed to have received a Distribution of his entire vested account upon his Termination Date and the Participant's non-vested Account shall be immediately forfeited.
(c) Repayment of Account; Restoration of Non-Vested Account. Except as provided below, a Participant who is re-hired by the Employer shall have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of the Participant's Account which was previously distributed to him. In the event the Participant repays the entire Distribution he received from the Plan, the Employer shall restore the non-vested portion of the Participant's Account. A Participant's Account shall first be restored, to the extent possible, out of forfeitures under the Plan in the Plan Year in which he was reemployed. To the extent such forfeitures are insufficient to restore the Participant's Account, restoration shall be made from Employer Contributions. A Participant who was deemed to have received a Distribution of his vested Account (see subsection (b) above) shall be deemed to have repaid such vested Account if such Participant is rehired before incurring a Break in Service.
(d) Restrictions of Repayment Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a Participant shall not have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of his Account which was previously distributed to him after any of the following events: (i) the Participant incurs a Break in Service before returning to Employment, (ii) the Participant fails to repay the prior Distribution within five years after the Participant is re-employed by the Employer, or (iii) the Participant received a Distribution of his entire Account balance at the time of such earlier Distribution.
(e) Allocation of Forfeitures. See Section 5.04 for the allocation of forfeitures.
ARTICLE 8
DISTRIBUTIONS
8.01 Commencement of Distribution.
(a) Termination of Employment. If a Participant has a Termination Date other than on account of death, the Participant's Account will commence to be distributed as soon as administratively feasible following the Committee's receipt of the Participant's written request for a Distribution, but in no event later than 60 days following the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant requests a Distribution of his Account. Such request shall be made on a form provided by the Committee. See Section 8.01(c) for circumstances where the Participant's consent to a Distribution is not required. This paragraph (a) is effective January 1, 1999.
(b) Death. If a Participant has a Termination Date on account of death, the Participant's Account shall be distributed within 90 days after the Participant's death unless the particular facts and circumstances require a longer waiting period. However, if the Spouse is the Participant's Beneficiary, the Spouse may delay the distribution of the Participant's Account until the latest date possible under Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions upon attaining age 70-1/2).
(c) Consent of Participant. A Participant's consent to a Distribution of his Account shall not be required in the circumstances described below, and the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Account as provided below:
(1) Account Less Than $5,000. If the Participant's vested Account balance is less than or equal to $5,000 at the time of the Distribution, such Account will be distributed in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which such Termination Date occurred. This provision is effective January 1, 1998.
(2) Age 70-1/2. If a distribution is required under
Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions for
Participants age 70-1/2), the Participant's Account
will be distributed as provided in such Section.
(3) Termination Date On or After Age 65. If a Participant has incurred a Termination Date and is age 65 or older, the Plan shall begin distribution of the Participant's Account no later than 60 days
following the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 65 or, if later, within 60 days following the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant has a Termination Date. (d) Hardship Withdrawals. Hardship withdrawals (see Article 9) shall commence no later than ninety (90) days after such request is approved by the Committee. (e) Committee Direction to Trustee. The Committee shall issue directions to the Trustee concerning the recipient and the distribution date of benefits which are to be paid from the Trust pursuant to the Plan. (f) Committee Guidelines. The Committee may establish for administrative purposes, uniform and nondiscriminatory guidelines concerning the commencement of benefits. 8.02 Method of Distribution. (a) Lump Sum Payment. Distribution of the Participant's Account will be made in a lump sum cash amount. However, see Schedule C for other optional distribution forms that may be applicable to the Participant's Prior Employer Account. (b) Form of Payment. Distributions shall be in cash. However, if the value of the vested Qualifying Employer Securities that are allocated to the Participant's Account equals or exceeds $1,000, the Participant shall have the option of receiving whole shares of such Qualifying Employer Securities in lieu of cash. Fractional shares, if any, shall be paid in cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any in-service withdrawals shall be paid in cash. 8.03 Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons. In the event that any amount is payable to a minor or to any person who, in the judgment of the Committee, is incapable of making proper disposition thereof, such payment shall be made for the benefit of such minor or such person in any of the following ways as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine: (a) By payment to the legal representative of such minor or such person; |
(b) By payment directly to such minor or such person;
(c) By payment in discharge of bills incurred by or for the benefit of such minor or such person. The Trustee shall make such payments as directed by the Committee without the necessary intervention of any guardian or
like fiduciary, and without any obligation to require bond or to see to the further application of such payment. Any payment so made shall be in complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to the Participant and his Beneficiaries. 8.04 Application for Benefits. The Committee may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and file with the Committee certain forms as a condition precedent to the payment of benefits. The Committee may rely upon all such information given to it, including the Participant's current mailing address. It is the responsibility of all persons interested in distributions from the Trust Fund to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing addresses. 8.05 Special Distribution Rules. (a) To the extent that the distribution rules described in this Section provide a limitation upon distribution rules stated elsewhere in this Plan, the distribution rules stated in this Section shall take precedence over such conflicting rules. However, under no circumstances shall the rules stated in this Section be deemed to provide distribution rights to Participants or their Beneficiaries which are more expansive or greater than the distribution rights stated elsewhere in this Plan. For example, if the only distribution method permitted under the Plan is a lump sum, then distributions under this Section 8.05 may only be made in a lump sum. In addition, if the Plan requires distributions to commence at age 65 for Participants who have terminated Employment, distributions must commence at age 65 and may not be delayed to age 70-1/2. (b) In no event may the distribution of a Participant's Account commence later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. However, if a Participant is not a 5% owner of an Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's Retirement Income shall commence no later than April 1 following the calendar year in which he terminates his Employment. (The applicable commencement date described above, is referred to as the "required beginning date")." Notwithstanding the preceding distribution requirements, a distribution on behalf of any Participant may be made in accordance with a benefit payment election executed before January 1, 1984 in a manner that satisfies the requirements of the transitional rule of Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982. (c) The entire account balance of each Participant shall be distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning date, in a single lump sum. -31- |
The initial distribution shall be based on the Participant's account balance as of the December 31 preceding the required beginning date. During the calendar year which begins after the required beginning date (and in each calendar year thereafter), the Participant's entire account balance shall be distributed in a single lump sum based on the value of such account balance as of the first day of such calendar year. (d) If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's Account has begun in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the Participant's entire vested Account must be distributed in a lump sum within 90 days of the Participant's death unless the Participant's Account is payable to or for the benefit of his Spouse. If the Beneficiary is the Participant's Spouse, the Spouse may delay a lump sum distribution of the Participant's Account until the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2. (e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, distributions under the Plan will comply with Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 401(a)(9) and any other provisions reflecting Code Section 401(a)(9) as prescribed by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service. 8.06 Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a "qualified domestic relations order", as defined in Code Section 414(p), may provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be distributed immediately even though the Participant is not yet entitled to a distribution under the Plan. The intent of this Section is to provide for the distribution of benefits to an alternate payee as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(g)(3). 8.07 Direct Rollovers. (a) In General. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover. (b) Definitions. Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life -32- |
expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (iv) effective as of January 1, 2000, hardship withdrawals as defined in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) which are attributable to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions. Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee. (c) Waiver of 30-day Notice. If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that: (1) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. -33- |
8.08 Participant Withdrawals After Age 59-1/2. At any time after a Participant attains age 59-1/2, the Participant may elect to withdraw a part or all of his vested Account (including any earnings thereon). In no event shall a Participant be permitted to repay the amount of his or her in-service withdrawal. If the Participant withdraws only a portion of his vested Account, the Committee shall determine (in a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of the Accounts and Investment Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made. |
ARTICLE 9
HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS
9.01 Hardship Withdrawal of Account. (a) In General. Any Participant may request the Committee to distribute to him part or all of his vested Account (other than amounts held in the Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, amounts used as collateral for a Participant loan and certain earnings on the Participant's Account as provided below). The Committee shall determine (in a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of the Accounts (other than the Accounts and amounts identified above) and Investment Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made. (b) No Distribution of Earnings. Income or gain that is allocated to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account may not be distributed in a hardship withdrawal. 9.02 Definition of Hardship. Hardship shall mean an immediate and heavy financial need experienced by reason of: (a) Expenses of any accident to or sickness of such Participant, his Spouse or his dependents or expenses necessary to provide medical care for such Participant, his Spouse or his dependents; (b) Purchase of a primary residence for such Participant; (c) Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his Spouse, children or dependents; (d) The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the Participant's principal residence; or (e) Other financial hardships as permitted by Treasury Regulations or other regulatory or judicial authority and approved by the Committee. 9.03 Maximum Hardship Distribution. A hardship distribution cannot exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the hardship (after taking into account applicable -35- |
federal, state, or local income taxes and penalties) and not reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. In order to ensure compliance with this requirement, the Committee may require the Participant to satisfy any or all of the provisions described below in (a), (b), or (c) below as a condition precedent to the Participant receiving a hardship distribution: (a) No Other Sources Available. Certification by the Participant on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose that the financial need cannot be relieved (1) through reimbursement or payment by insurance; (2) by reasonable liquidation of the Participant's assets; (3) by ceasing Pre-Tax Contributions under the Plan; (4) by other in-service distributions (including loans) under the Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer; or (5) by borrowing from commercial lenders on reasonable commercial terms. (b) Receipt of all Distributions Available; Suspension of Future Contributions. Receipt by the Participant of all distributions that he is eligible to receive (including loans) under this Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer. In addition, the Participant must agree to the following limitations and restrictions: (1) The Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions shall automatically be suspended beginning on the first payroll period that commences after such Participant requests and receives a hardship distribution. Such Participant may resume making Pre-Tax Contributions only on the first day of a calendar month which is at least 12 months after the effective date of such suspension and only after informing the Committee in writing at least 30 days (or such lesser time as specified by the Committee) prior to the date on which the Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume. Hardship distributions made on or after January 1, 2002 shall result in a 6 month suspension rather than a 12 month suspension. (2) The maximum Pre-Tax Contribution the Participant may make for the calendar year following his hardship distribution shall be reduced by the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions made by the Participant during the calendar year in which he received his hardship distribution. This subparagraph (2) shall not be effective on or after January 1, 2002. (3) The Participant shall be prohibited under a legally enforceable agreement from making an employee contribution to any other plan maintained by the Employer for at least 12 months after the receipt -36- |
of the hardship distribution. For this purpose, the phrase "any other plan" includes all qualified and nonqualified plans of deferred compensation, stock option plans and stock purchase plans. It does not include a health or welfare plan including one that is part of a section 125 cafeteria plan. Effective for hardship distributions made on or after January 1, 2002, the 12 month restriction described above shall become a 6 month restriction. 9.04 Procedure to Request Hardship. The request to receive a hardship distribution shall be made on such forms and following such procedures as the Committee may prescribe from time to time. Under no circumstances shall the Committee permit a Participant to repay to the Plan the amount of any withdrawal by a Participant under this Section. 9.05 Authority to Establish Loan Program. The Committee is authorized and directed to administer the loan program. 9.06 Eligibility for Loans. Loans shall be available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. For the purposes of receiving a loan, the term "Participant" shall include any Former Participant who is a "party in interest" as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA. 9.07 Loan Amount. (a) Minimum Loan. No loan of less than $1,000 will be made. (b) Maximum Loan. A loan to any Participant (determined immediately after the origination of the loan) shall not exceed the lesser of: (1) Fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's vested balance in his Account as of the Valuation Date with respect to which the loan is processed; or (2) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of (A) the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan was made, over (B) the outstanding loan balance of loans from the Plan on the date on which the loan was made. 9.08 Maximum Number of Loans. No more than one loan may be made outstanding to any Participant at any time. -37- |
9.09 Assignment of Account. Each loan shall be supported by the Participant's promissory note for the amount of the loan, including interest, payable to the order of the Trustee. In addition, each loan shall be supported by an assignment of the Participant's right, title and interest in and to his Account equal to the amount of the loan and shall be supported by any other reasonable security required by the Trustee. 9.10 Interest. Interest shall be charged on any such loan at a rate established from time to time by the Trustee provided such rate is equivalent to a rate that would be charged by a commercial lender for a similar loan. 9.11 Term of Loan. The maximum repayment term of any loan is five years unless the loan is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time after the loan is made is to be used as the principal residence of the Participant. The maximum repayment term for a loan used to acquire a dwelling unit shall be a reasonable time, as determined by the Committee, that may exceed five years but shall not exceed fifteen years. Except for Former Participants described in Section 9.06, the term of the loan may not extend beyond the Participant's Termination Date. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a shorter repayment term than the maximum repayment term otherwise permitted under the Plan. 9.12 Level Amortization. Each loan shall provide for level amortization with payments to be made at such regular intervals as the Committee determines in its discretion, but not less frequently than once every three months over the term of the loan. Loans to Participants in active Employment shall be repaid through payroll deductions and the Participant shall be required to authorize such payroll deduction as a condition to receiving the loan. 9.13 Directed Investment. A Participant who requests a loan shall be deemed to have directed the Committee to invest assets held in his Account by the amount of the loan, and until such loan is repaid, such loan shall be considered a directed investment of the Participant's Account hereunder. The Plan monies which are used to fund the Participant loan shall be withdrawn from the Participant's Account in the following order (and principal and interest loan repayments shall be added back to such Accounts in |
the same order):
(a) the Pre-Tax Contribution Account;
(b) the Rollover Account;
(c) the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account; and
(d) the Prior Employer Account.
Within each such Account the monies which are used to fund the Participant loan shall be withdrawn on a pro rata basis according to the value of the Investment Funds in which such Account was invested. Principal and interest payments on the loan will be allocated to the Participant's Investment Funds according to the Participant's investment election at the time of the payment. Prior to January 1, 1999, loans could also be made from a Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account. If a loan was made out of the Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account, repayment of principal and interest attributable to such Account shall be allocated to the Participant's Company Stock Fund.
This Section 9.13 shall be effective January 1, 1999.
9.14 Other Requirements.
(a) All loans issued to a married Participant pursuant to this Plan on or after January 1, 1999 shall require the consent of the Participant's Spouse. Such consent shall authorize the Committee to default the loan and, when a distributable event has occurred, foreclose on the loan pursuant to the loan documents and loan guidelines without additional notice to or consent by the Participant or the Participant's Spouse. Such consent by the Spouse married to the Participant at the time the loan is processed shall also apply to any future Spouse of the Participant. Additionally, no current or future spousal consent is required if the Participant was not married at the time the loan was processed. Effective ninety (90) days after the effective date described in Section XIII of Schedule C, spousal consent will no longer be required to obtain a loan from the Plan.
(b) The Committee may establish such additional guidelines and rules as it deems necessary. Such guidelines and rules are hereby incorporated by reference in the Plan. The Committee may amend or modify the loan application, loan guidelines and loan rules as it deems necessary to carry out the provisions of this Article Nine (including retroactive amendments).
(c) This Section 9.14 is effective January 1, 1999.
9.15 Distribution of Loan.
Loan proceeds will be distributed as soon as practicable after the loan is approved and after the Participant completes all documentation necessary to make such loan. 9.16 Suspension of Loan Repayments During Military Service Loan repayments will be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4) (e.g., suspension of loan repayments during a Participant's periods of military service as defined in Code Section 414(u)). |
ARTICLE 10
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
10.01 Named Fiduciaries. The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and |
administration of the Plan:
(a) The Company;
(b) The Board;
(c) The Trustee;
(d) The Committee.
The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties expressly allocated to them in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement and shall have no other powers and duties in respect of the Plan; provided, however, that if a power or responsibility is not expressly allocated to a specific named fiduciary, the power or responsibility shall be that of the Company. No Fiduciary shall have any liability for, or responsibility to inquire into, the acts and omissions of any other Fiduciary in the exercise of powers or the discharge of responsibilities assigned to such other Fiduciary under this Plan or the Trust Agreement.
10.02 Board of Directors.
(a) The Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall have the following powers and duties with respect to the Plan:
(1) to appoint and remove the members of the Committee as provided herein; and
(2) to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant to the procedures provided hereunder.
(b) The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan. (However, see 10.04(c) for certain amendment powers granted to the Committee).
(c) The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.
10.03 Trustee. The Trustee shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan. 10.04 Committee. (a) A Committee of one or more individuals shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee to administer the Plan. Any Participant, officer, or director of the Employer shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the Committee and all members shall serve as such without compensation. Upon termination of his employment with the Employer, or upon ceasing to be an officer or director, if not an employee, he shall cease to be a member of the Committee. The Board or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall have the right to remove any member of the Committee at any time, with or without cause. A member may resign at any time by written notice to the Committee and the Board or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee. If a vacancy in the Committee should occur, a successor shall be appointed by the Board or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee. The Committee shall by written notice keep the Trustee notified of current membership of the Committee, its officers and agents. The Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature card for each member of the Committee and for all purposes hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely upon such certified signatures. (b) The Board or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from among the members of the Committee. All resolutions, determinations and other actions shall be by a majority vote of all members of the Committee. The Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee deems expedient or appropriate. The compensation of such agents shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall compensation be paid if such payment violates the provisions of Section 408 of the Act and is not exempted from such prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act. (c) The Committee shall have complete control of the administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan. In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to -42- |
comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee shall have the following specific powers and responsibilities: (1) To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the Plan; (2) To decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the benefits of the Plan and Trust Agreement; (3) To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be entitled; (4) To keep records of all acts and determinations of the Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan; (5) To prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under the Plan, including, but not limited to, all information which is required to be distributed by the Act, the regulations thereunder, or by any other applicable law; (6) To file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and additional documents as may be required by the Act and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not limited to, summary plan description, modifications and changes, annual reports, terminal reports and supplementary reports; (7) To file with the Secretary of the Treasury all reports and information required to be filed by the Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued under each; (8) To do all things necessary to operate and administer the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in compliance with applicable provisions of federal law; (9) To amend certain portions of this Plan as specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan to comply with changes in law recommended by legal counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax qualified status of the Plan and to make other amendments to the Plan that do not materially increase the costs associated with the plan; |
(10) to appoint and remove the Trustee(s); and (11) to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, which notice shall set forth the specific reasons for such denial (written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary); and to provide a procedure for affording a reasonable opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied, a full and fair review by the Committee of the decision denying the claim. (d) To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information of all matters relating to the compensation and length of service of all Participants, their retirement, death or other cause of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Committee shall advise the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the administration of the Plan. The Committee and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved by the Employer. The Committee, the Employer and its officers and the Trustee, shall be fully protected in respect of any action suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any accountant or attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan. 10.05 Standard of Fiduciary Duty. Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge his duties solely in the interests of the Participants and Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matter would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the Act. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction which is prohibited by Sections 408 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section 4975 of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder. 10.06 Claims Procedure. -44- |
Any Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or Spouse or authorized representative thereof (hereinafter referred to as "Claimant"), may file a claim for benefits under the Plan by submitting to the Committee a written statement describing the nature of the claim and requesting a determination of its validity under the terms of the Plan. Effective January 1, 2002, all applications for benefits must be submitted within the "applicable limitations period." The "applicable limitations period" shall be two years, beginning on (i) the date on which the payment was made, or (ii) for all other claims, the date on which the action complained or grieved of occurred. Within sixty (60) days after the date such claim is received by the Committee, it shall issue a ruling with respect to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request. If the claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice shall be furnished to the Claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner |
calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
(a) The specific reason or reasons for denial;
(b) Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(d) An explanation of the claims review procedures.
Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal such denial by resubmitting to the Committee a written statement requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days of the date the Claimant receives notice of such denial. Such statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the reasons such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to the claim.
If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for examination of the Claimant.
Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits and the reasons therefor and notify the Claimant in writing of its final decision. If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request. Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The decision of the Committee on any claim for benefits shall be final and conclusive upon all persons, and a Participant, or his Beneficiary or legal representative, shall not be permitted to bring suit at law or equity on an application without first exhausting the remedies available hereunder. Effective January 1, 2002, no action at law or in equity to recover under this Plan shall be commenced later than one year from the date of the decision on review (or if no decision is furnished within 120 days of receipt of the request for review, one year after the 120th day after receipt of the request for review). 10.07 Indemnification of Committee. To the extent permitted under the Act, the Plan shall indemnify the Board, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the Committee against any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to the Plan. The Employer shall indemnify the Committee, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the members of the Board against any personal liability or cost not provided for in the preceding sentence which they may incur as a result of any act or omission in relation to the Plan or its Participants. The Employer may purchase fiduciary liability insurance to insure its obligation under this Section. |
ARTICLE 11
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
11.01 Right to Amend. The Company intends for the Plan to be permanent so long as the corporation exists; however, (through action of the Board, Compensation and Stock Option Committee, or the Committee) it reserves the right to modify, alter, or amend this Plan or the Trust Agreement, from time to time, to any extent that it may deem advisable, including, but not limited to any amendment deemed necessary to ensure the continued qualification of the Plan under Sections 40l(a) and 401(k) of the Code or to ensure compliance with the Act; provided, however, that the Board, Compensation and Stock Option Committee, or the Committee shall not have the authority to amend this Plan in any manner which will: (a) Permit any part of the Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and administrative expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries; (b) Cause or permit any portion of the funds to revert to or become the property of the Employer; (c) Change the duties, liabilities, or responsibilities of the Trustee without its prior written consent. |
See Section 16.11 regarding the power of an Affiliated Sponsor to amend or terminate the Plan.
11.02 Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions. The Company (through action of the Board or Compensation and Stock Option Committee) shall have the right at any time to terminate this Plan (hereinafter referred to as "Plan Termination"). Upon Plan Termination, the Committee shall direct the Trustee with reference to the disposition of the Fund, after payment of any expenses properly chargeable against the Fund. The Trustee shall distribute all amounts held in Trust to the Participants and others entitled to Distributions in proportion to the Accounts of such Participants and other Distributees as of the date of such Termination. In the event that this Plan is partially terminated, then the provisions of this Section 11.02 shall apply, but solely with respect to the Employees affected by the partial termination. The termination of sponsorship of the Plan by any Affiliated Sponsor shall not affect the sponsorship of the Plan by the Company or any other Affiliated Sponsor. -47- |
11.03 IRS Approval of Termination. Notwithstanding Section 11.02, the Trustee shall not be required to make any Distribution from this Plan in the event of complete or partial termination until the authorized officials of the Internal Revenue Service shall have determined that there will be no liability against the Trustee by reason of such Distribution. |
ARTICLE 12
SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES
12.01 Definitions. Actual Contribution Percentage or ACP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the Employer Matching Contributions on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year and, to the extent permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant's Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective Contributions to (ii) the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not to include Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective Contributions in computing the ACP for a Plan Year. An Employer may elect on an annual basis to count a Participant's Employer Matching Contribution toward satisfying the required minimum contribution under Section 15.03 (minimum contribution for Non-Key Employees in a top-heavy plan) in lieu of including such contributions in the ACP. If a Participant (as defined below) does not receive an allocation of Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, such Participant's ACP for the Plan Year shall be zero. Actual Deferral Percentage or ADP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the sum of Pre-Tax Contributions on behalf of a Participant for the Plan Year (excluding any Excess Deferrals by a Non-highly Compensated Employee) and, to the extent permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contributions to (ii) the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions in computing the ADP for a Plan Year. In the case of a Participant (as defined below) who does not make a Pre-Tax Contribution for a Plan Year and is not allocated a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for such Plan Year, such Participant's ADP for the Plan Year shall be zero. Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall mean the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Percentages of the Participants in a group. The percentage shall be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places). Average Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the Participants in a group. The percentage shall be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places). -49- |
Combined ADP and ACP Test shall have the meaning as defined in Section 12.09. Compensation for purposes of this Article 12 shall be that definition selected by the Committee that satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 414(s) and 401(a)(17). Such definition may change from year to year but must apply uniformly among all Eligible Employees being tested under the Plan for a given Plan Year and among all Employees being tested under any other plan that is aggregated with this Plan during the Plan Year. If the Committee fails to select a definition of Compensation for purposes of this Article 12, Compensation (for purposes of Article 12) shall have the same meaning as defined in Article 2. Employer Matching Contributions. For purposes of this Article 12, an Employer Matching Contribution for a particular Plan Year includes only those contributions that are (i) allocated to the Participant's Account under the Plan as of any date within such Plan Year, (ii) contributed to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period following the close of such Plan Year, and (iii) made on account of such Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year. Excess Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.02. Excess ACP Contributions shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.08. Excess ADP Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.05. Highly Compensated Employee. See Article 13. Maximum Combined Percentage shall have the meaning as defined in Section 12.09(c). Non-highly Compensated Employee. See Article 13. Participant. For purposes of computing the Average Actual Contribution Percentage and related provisions of this Article 12, a Participant shall mean any Eligible Employee who (i) is eligible to receive an allocation of an Employer Matching Contribution, even if no Employer Matching Contribution is allocated due to the Eligible Employee's failure to make a required Pre-Tax Contribution or (ii) is unable to receive an Employer Matching Contribution because his or her Compensation is less than a stated amount. For purposes of computing the Average Actual Deferral Percentage and related provisions of this Article 12, a Participant shall mean any Eligible Employee who (i) is eligible to make a Pre-Tax Contribution, including an Eligible Employee whose right to make Pre-Tax Contributions has been suspended because of an election not to participate or a hardship distribution and (ii) is unable to make a Pre-Tax Contribution because his Compensation is less than a stated amount. -50- |
Pre-Tax Contributions. For purposes of this Article 12, a Pre-Tax Contribution is taken into account only if the contribution (i) is allocated to the Participant's Account under the terms of the Plan as of any date within the Plan Year, and (ii) relates to Compensation that would have been received by the Participant during the Plan Year or within 2-1/2 months after the Plan Year but for the deferral election. A Pre-Tax Contribution is considered to be allocated as of a date within a Plan Year only if the allocation is not contingent on participation in the Plan or performance of service after the Plan Year to which the Pre-Tax Contribution relates. Qualified Elective Deferral shall mean Pre-Tax Contributions designated by the Committee as Qualified Elective Deferrals in order to meet the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied: (a) The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year (including the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a). (b) The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year (excluding the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a). (c) Qualified Elective Deferrals must satisfy all other provisions of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions and shall remain part of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account. (d) Except as provided by this definition, Qualified Elective Deferrals shall be excluded in determining whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3). Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall mean an Employer contribution designated by the Committee as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution in order to meet the ADP testing requirements of Section 12.03 or the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following requirements must be satisfied: (a) The Qualified Nonelective Contribution, whether or not used to satisfy the requirements of Sections 12.03 or 12.06, must meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4). (b) Qualified Nonelective Contributions which are taken into account in order to meet the requirements of Section 12.03 or 12.06 (as applicable) shall -51- |
not be counted in determining whether the testing requirements of any of such other Sections are met. (c) The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be subject to all provisions of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions (except that Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be distributed in a hardship distribution). (d) Except as provided in this paragraph, the Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be excluded in determining whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3). 12.02 Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the aggregate of a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions during a calendar year may not exceed $10,500, which will increase to $11,000 in 2002 (or such greater amount as established by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5)). Any Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of the foregoing limit ("Excess Deferral"), plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, may be distributed to the applicable Participant no later than April 15 following the calendar year in which the Pre-Tax Contributions were made. (b) Any Participant who has an Excess Deferral during a calendar year may receive a distribution of the Excess Deferral during such calendar year plus any income or minus any loss allocable thereto, provided (1) the Participant requests (or is deemed to request) the distribution of the Excess Deferral, (2) the distribution occurs after the date the Excess Deferral arose, and (3) the Committee designates the distribution as a distribution of an Excess Deferral. (c) If a Participant makes a Pre-Tax Contribution under this Plan and in the same calendar year makes a contribution to a Code Section 401(k) plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement (other than this Plan), a Code Section 408(k) plan (simplified employee pension plan) or a Code Section 403(b) plan (tax sheltered annuity) and, after the return of any Excess Deferral pursuant to Section 12.02(a) and (b) the aggregate of all such Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions exceed the limitations contained in Code Section 402(g), then such Participant may request that the Committee return all or a portion of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the calendar year plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto. The amount by which such Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitations will also be known as an Excess Deferral. |
(d) Any request for a return of Excess Deferrals arising out of contributions to a plan described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by an entity other than the Employer must:
(1) be made in writing;
(2) be submitted to the Committee not later than the March 1 following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral arose;
(3) specify the amount of the Excess Deferral; and,
(4) contain a statement that if the Excess Deferral is
not distributed, it will, when added to amounts
deferred under other plans or arrangements described
in Sections 401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) of the Code,
exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by
Section 402(g) of the Code for the year in which the
Excess Deferral occurred.
In the event an Excess Deferral arises out of contributions to a plan (including this Plan) described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by the Employer, the Participant making the Excess Deferral shall be deemed to have requested a return of the Excess Deferral.
(e) Pre-Tax Contributions may only be returned to the extent necessary to eliminate a Participant's Excess Deferral. Excess Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan. In no event shall the returned Excess Deferrals for a particular calendar year exceed the Participant's aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions for such calendar year.
(f) The income or loss allocable to a Pre-Tax Contribution that is returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (c) shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on the last day of the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account for such calendar year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for such calendar year.
(g) The income or loss allocable to an Excess Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(b) shall be determined using any reasonable method adopted by the Plan to measure income earned or loss incurred during the Plan Year or any other method authorized by the Internal Revenue Service to compute the income earned or loss incurred for the period commencing on January 1 of the calendar year in which the Pre-
Tax Contribution was made and ending on the date the Excess Deferral was distributed.
(h) Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess
Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to this
Section 12.02 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the
provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however,
the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant
as an Excess Deferral shall be deemed to be first those
Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Employer Matching
Contribution was made and second those Pre-Tax Contributions
for which an Employer Matching Contribution was made.
Accordingly, if the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to
the Participant as Excess Deferrals were not matched, no
Employer Matching Contribution will be forfeited.
12.03 Average Actual Deferral Percentage.
(a) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
(1) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
(2) The excess of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.
(b) The permitted disparity between the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees may be further reduced as required by Section 12.09.
(c) If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.03(a), the Employer may do any or all of the
following, except as otherwise provided in the Code or Treasury Regulations:
(1) Distribute Pre-Tax Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.05; or
(2) Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Pre-Tax Contributions Deferrals as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ADP).
(d) In computing the Average Actual Deferral Percentage, the Employer may exclude Non-highly Compensated Employees who prior to the last day of the Plan Year have not yet attained age 21 or have not yet completed a Year of Eligibility Service (see Section 3.02) if the Employer satisfies a special coverage rule described below. The special coverage rule requires the Plan to satisfy the minimum coverage rules of Code Section 410(b)(4)(B) with respect to all Employees who are permitted to participate in the Plan but have not yet attained age 21 or have not yet completed a Year of Eligibility Service. This paragraph (d) shall be effective January 1, 1999.
12.04 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage.
(a) The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be determined as if such Pre-Tax Contributions were made under a single arrangement.
(b) If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Pre-Tax Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.
(c) The determination and treatment of the Pre-Tax Contributions and Actual Deferral Percentage of any Participant shall be in accordance with such other requirements as may be prescribed from time to time in Treasury Regulations.
12.05 Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals.
(a) Pre-Tax Contributions exceeding the limitations of Section
12.03(a) ("Excess ADP Deferrals") and any income or loss
allocable to such Excess ADP Deferral may be designated by the
Committee as Excess ADP Deferrals and may be distributed to
Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with
the largest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions. In
determining the amount of Excess ADP Deferrals for each Highly
Compensated Employee, the Committee shall reduce the ADP for
each Highly Compensated Employee as follows:
(1) The amount of Salary Deferrals made by the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of Salary Deferrals will be reduced until equal to the second highest amount of Salary Deferrals under the Plan; then
(2) The amount of Salary Deferrals made by the two (or more) Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount of Salary Deferrals under the Plan will be reduced until equal to the third highest dollar amount of Salary Deferrals under the Plan; then
(3) The steps described in (1) and (2) shall be repeated with respect to the third and successive highest Salary Deferrals under the Plan until the Plan has distributed all Excess ADP Deferrals.
(b) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. In any event, however, the Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. Excess ADP Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.
(c) The income or loss allocable to Excess ADP Deferrals shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ADP Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.
(d) If an Excess Deferral has been distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (b) for any taxable year of a Participant, then any Excess ADP Deferral allocable to such Participant for the same Plan Year in which such taxable year ends shall be reduced by the amount of such Excess Deferral.
(e) Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals to Participants described in Section 12.04(c) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(5)(ii) or any successor Treasury Regulation thereto.
(f) Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess ADP
Deferral that is returned to the Participant pursuant to this
Section 12.05 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the
provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however,
the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant
shall be deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for
which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second
those Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching
Contribution was made. Accordingly, unmatched Pre-Tax
Contributions shall be returned as an Excess ADP Deferral
before matched Pre-Tax Contributions.
12.06 Average Actual Contribution Percentage.
(a) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:
(1) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or
(2) The excess of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.
(b) If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.06(a), the Employer may do any or all of the following in order to comply with such provision as applicable (except as otherwise provided in the Code or in Treasury Regulations):
(1) Aggregate Qualified Elective Deferrals with the Employer Matching Contributions of Non-highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).
(2) Distribute Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.08.
(3) Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Employer Matching Contributions as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).
(c) In computing the Average Actual Contribution Percentage, the Employer may exclude Non-highly Compensated Employees who prior to the last day of the Plan Year have not yet attained age 21 if the Employer satisfies a special coverage rule described below. The special coverage rule requires the Plan to satisfy the minimum coverage rules of Code Section 410(b)(4)(B) with respect to all Employees who are permitted to participate in the Plan but have not yet attained age 21. This paragraph (d) shall be effective January 1, 1999.
12.07 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages.
(a) The Actual Contribution Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more arrangements described in Sections 401(a) or 401(m) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be determined as if such contributions were made under a single arrangement.
(b) If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Employer Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.
(c) The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
12.08 Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions.
(a) Employer Matching Contributions exceeding the limitations of
Section 12.06(a) ("Excess ACP Contributions") and any income
or loss allocable to such Excess ACP Contribution may be
designated by the Committee as Excess ACP Contributions and
may be distributed in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in
which the Excess ACP Contributions arose to those Highly
Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with Excess
ACP Contributions in the preceding Plan Year. The amount of
Excess ACP Contributions to be distributed to a Highly
Compensated Employee shall be determined using the procedure
described in Section 12.05(a).
(b) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose. In any event, however, the Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose.
(c) The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contribution arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ACP Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account on the last day of the Plan Year reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account by such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.
(d) Amounts distributed to Highly Compensated Employees under this
Section 12.08 shall be treated as Annual Additions with
respect to the Employee who received such amount.
(e) Distribution of Excess ACP Contributions to Participants described in Section 12.08(c) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(iii) or any successor Treasury Regulations thereto.
12.09 Combined ACP and ADP Test.
For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, the following provisions regarding the Combined ACP and ADP Test apply. Theses provisions no longer apply effective January 1, 2002. (a) The Plan must satisfy the Combined ACP and ADP Test described in this Section 12.09 only if (1) the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and (2) the Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Non-highly Compensated Employees. (b) The Combined ACP and ADP Test is satisfied if the sum of the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage is equal to or less than the Maximum Combined Percentage defined in paragraph (c) below. (c) The Maximum Combined Percentage shall be determined by adjusting the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage in the following manner: (1) The greater of the two percentages shall be multiplied by 1.25; and (2) The lesser of the two percentages shall be increased by two percentage points; however, in no event shall such adjusted percentage exceed twice the original percentage. The sum of (1) and (2) shall be the Maximum Combined Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Maximum Combined Percentage shall be determined in the following manner if such calculation results in a higher Maximum Combined Percentage than the formula specified above: (1) The lesser of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be multiplied by 1.25; and (2) The greater of such two percentages shall be increased by two percentage points; however, in no event shall such percentage exceed twice the original percentage. (d) In the event the Plan does not satisfy the Combined ADP and ACP Test, the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall be decreased by either distributing Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees by using the -60- |
procedures described in Section 12.08 or by making a Qualified Nonelective Contribution as provided in Section 12.06(b)(3) until the sum of such percentage and the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage equals the Maximum Combined Percentage. (e) If Employer Matching Contributions are distributed to certain Highly Compensated Employees in order to satisfy the Combined ADP and ACP Test, income or loss allocable to such Employer Matching Contributions shall also be distributed. (f) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute the Employer Matching Contributions (if applicable) and allocable income or loss prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year for which the Combined ADP and ACP Test is computed. In any event, however, such Employer Matching Contributions (if applicable) and allocable income or loss shall be distributed by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the Combined ADP and ACP Test is computed. Employer Matching Contributions that are distributed pursuant to this Section 12.09 shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan. (g) The income or loss allocable to returned Employer Matching Contributions shall be determined using the same procedures as Section 12.05(c). 12.10 Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article. In applying the provisions of this Article 12, the determination and distribution of Excess Deferrals shall be made first, the determination and elimination of Excess ACP Deferrals shall be made second, the determination and elimination of Excess ADP Contributions shall be made third and finally, to the extent applicable, the determination and any necessary adjustment related to the Combined ADP and ACP Test shall be made. |
ARTICLE 13
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES
13.01 In General. For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee" is any active Employee described in Section 13.02 below and any Former Employee described in Section 13.03 below. Various definitions used in this Section are contained in Section 13.04. A Non-highly Compensated Employee is an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 13.02 Highly Compensated Employee. (a) Look-Back Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during a Look Back Year the Employee: (1) is a 5 Percent Owner; or (2) receives Compensation in excess of $85,000. The dollar amount described above shall be increased annually as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1). (b) Current Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during a Current Year the Employee is a 5 Percent Owner. (c) This Section 13.02 shall be effective January 1, 1997. 13.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee. A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the rules of Section 13.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any Current Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th birthday. 13.04 Definitions. The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 13: Compensation for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean any definition of Compensation that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 414(q). If no such definition is elected by the Committee, Compensation shall mean the gross annual earnings reported on the Participant's IRS Form W-2 (box 1 or its comparable -62- |
location as provided on Form W-2 in future years) as required by Code Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3). In addition, Compensation shall include compensation which is not includible in the Participant's IRS Form W-2 (Box 1) by reason of Code Section 402(a)(8) (employee Salary Deferrals under a Code Section 401(k) plan) or Code Section 125 (salary deferrals under a cafeteria plan). Compensation shall not include amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses if, at the time of the payment of such moving expenses, it is reasonable to believe that the moving expenses will be deductible by the Participant under Code Section 217. Compensation shall be determined by ignoring any income exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location of employment. In no event shall more than $170,000 (as adjusted annually pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)) in Compensation be taken into account for any Employee. Compensation shall also include salary deferrals for qualified transportation fringe benefits under Code Section 132(f). Current Year shall mean the current Plan Year. Employer for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean the Employer and its Affiliates. 5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the Employer. Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a Severance from Service Date or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer but who has not performed services for the Employer during the Current Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Absence). Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Current Year, or if the Employer elects (and such election is available to the Employer), the calendar year ending with or within the Current Year. Separation Year shall mean any of the following years: (1) An Employee who incurs a Termination Date shall have a Separation Year in the Current Year in which such Termination Date occurs; (2) An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g., an Employee on an Authorized Absence) shall have a Separation Year in the calendar year in which he last performs services for the Employer; |
(3) An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such calendar year. However, such Separation Year shall be ignored if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation Year. 13.05 Other Methods Permissible. To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and procedures described in this Article 13) to determine and identify Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section 414(q)(7) and are uniformly applied). |
ARTICLE 14
MAXIMUM BENEFITS
14.01 General Rule.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, for any Plan Year, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Account, when combined with the Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under all other Qualified individual account plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $35,000 or (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year (the "maximum permissible amount").
(b) The Employer hereby elects that the limitation year ("Limitation Year") for purposes of Code Section 415 shall be the Plan Year.
(c) For purposes of determining the limit on Annual Additions under paragraph (a) of this Section, the dollar limit described therein, to wit, $35,000, shall be increased for each Plan Year to the extent permitted by law.
(d) If the amount to be allocated to a Participant's Account
exceeds the maximum permissible amount (and for this purpose
Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after
Pre-Tax Contributions), the excess will be disposed of as
follows. First, if the Participant's Annual Additions exceed
the maximum permissible amount as a result of (i) a reasonable
error in estimating the Participant's Compensation, (ii) a
reasonable error in estimating the amount of Pre-Tax
Contributions that the Participant could make under Code
Section 415 or (iii) other facts and circumstances that the
Internal Revenue Service finds justifiable, the Committee may
direct the Trustee to return to the Participant his Pre-Tax
Contributions for such Plan Year to the extent necessary to
reduce the excess amount. Such returned Pre-Tax Contributions
shall be ignored in performing the discrimination tests of
Article 12. Second, any excess Annual Additions still
remaining after the return of Pre-Tax Contributions shall be
reallocated as determined by the Committee among the
Participants whose accounts have not exceeded the limit in the
same proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant
bears to the Compensation of all such Participants. If such
reallocation would result in an addition to another
Participant's Account which exceeds the permitted limit, that
excess shall likewise be reallocated among the Participants
whose Accounts do not exceed the limit. However, if the
allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant
to these provisions causes the limitations of Section 415 of the Code to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the Limitation Year, then any such excess shall be held unallocated in an account (the "415 Suspense Account"). If the 415 Suspense Account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year, other than the Limitation Year described in the preceding sentence, all amounts in the 415 Suspense Account shall be allocated and reallocated to Participants' Accounts (subject to the limitations of Code Section 415) before any Contributions which would constitute Annual Additions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. (e) If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer during any Limitation Year, the Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's account under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's account under all such plans for the same Limitation Year. If a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans would result in an excess amount for a Limitation Year, the excess amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated (and for this purpose, Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after Pre-Tax Contributions). If an excess amount is allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the excess amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of (1) the total excess amount as of such date, times (2) the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (B) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all the other qualified defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer. Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in this Section 14.01 above. 14.02 Combined Plan Limitation Repealed. Effective January 1, 2000, the combined plan test of Code Section 415 is repealed and no longer applicable. 14.03 Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 14, the following |
definitions shall apply:
(a) "Annual Addition" shall mean the sum of:
(1) Employee Contributions;
(2) Employer Contributions;
(3) Forfeitures; and
(4) Amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).
Annual Additions shall not include any amounts credited to the Participant's Account resulting from Rollover Contributions.
(b) "Affiliates" shall have that meaning contained in Article 2
except that for purposes of determining who is an Affiliate
the phrase "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the
phrase "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in Code
Section 1563(a)(1).
(c) "Compensation" shall have the same meaning as defined in
Section 13.04 (thereby including Pre-Tax Contributions under
this Plan and salary deferrals under a Code Section 125
Cafeteria Plan and a Code Section 132(f) qualified
transportation fringe benefit plan in the definition of
Compensation).
ARTICLE 15
TOP HEAVY RULES
15.01 General. The provisions of this Article of the Plan shall become effective in any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy and shall supersede any conflicting provision of this Plan. 15.02 Definitions. (a) Top Heavy. The Plan shall be Top Heavy for the Plan Year if, as of the Valuation Date which coincides with or immediately precedes the Determination Date, the value of the Participant Accounts of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the value of all Participant Accounts. If the Employer maintains more than one plan, all plans in which any Key Employee participates and all plans which enable this Plan to satisfy the anti-discrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined with this Plan ( "Required Aggregation Group") for the purposes of applying the 60% test described in the preceding sentence. Plans maintained by the Employer which are not in the required aggregation group may be combined at the Employer's election with this Plan for the purposes of determining Top Heavy status if the combined plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410 ( "Permissive Aggregation Group"). In determining the value of Participant Accounts, all distributions made during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be included and any unallocated Employer Contributions or forfeitures attributable to the Plan Year in which the Determination Date falls shall also be included. The Account of (i) any Employee who at one time was a Key Employee but who is not a Key Employee for any of the five Plan Years ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) any Employee who has not performed services for the Employer or a related employer maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the five Plan Years ending on the Determination Date, shall be disregarded in determining Top Heavy status. If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan during the Plan Year which is subject to aggregation with this Plan, the 60% test shall be applied after calculating the present value of the Participants' accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan in accordance with the rules set forth in that plan and combining the present value of such accrued benefits with the Participant's account balances under this Plan. -68- |
Effective January 1, 1987, solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in the Required Aggregation Group, is Top-Heavy, a Non-Key Employee's accrued benefit in a defined benefit plan shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). (b) Key Employee. Any employee of the Employer who, during the Plan Year or the four preceding Plan Years was an officer receiving Compensation in excess of 50% of the limit described in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), one of the ten employees of the Employer owning the largest interests in the Employer and receiving Compensation equal to or greater than the dollar limit described in Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), a greater than 5% owner of the Employer, a greater than 1% owner of the Employer receiving Compensation in excess of $150,000, or the Beneficiary of a Key Employee. The Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) and 415(c)(1)(A) limits referred to in the preceding sentence shall be the specified dollar limit plus any increases reflecting cost of living adjustments specified by the Secretary of the Treasury. (c) Determination Date. The last day of the Plan Year immediately preceding the Plan Year for which Top Heavy status is determined. For the first Plan Year, the Determination Date shall be the last day of the first Plan Year. |
(d) Non-Key Employee. Any Participant who is not a Key Employee.
(e) Employer. The term "Employer" shall include any Affiliate of such Employer.
(f) Compensation. The term "Compensation" shall have that meaning as defined in Article 14.
15.03 Minimum Benefit.
(a) Except as provided below, the Employer Contributions allocated
on behalf of any Non-Key Employee who is employed by the
Employer on the Determination Date shall not be less than the
lesser of (i) 3% of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation or
(ii) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and
Pre-Tax Contributions, as a percentage of the Key Employee's
Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for such
Plan Year. Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of
Non-Key Employees and Employer Matching Contributions
allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees that are used
to satisfy the provisions of
Article 12 shall not be considered in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the minimum contribution required by this Section 15.03. (b) The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution and shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would have received a lesser allocation or no allocation for the Plan Year because of the Non-Key Employee's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service, his failure to make mandatory employee contributions, or his earning compensation less than a stated amount. (c) If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition to this Plan, the minimum contribution and benefit requirements for both plans in a Top Heavy Plan Year may be satisfied by an allocation of Employer Contributions to the Account of each Non-Key Employee in the amount of 5% of the Non-Key Employee's compensation. 15.04 Combined Plan Limitation For Top-Heavy Years Repealed. Effective January 1, 2000, adjustments to the combined plan limitation of Code Section 415 for top heavy plans are repealed and no longer applicable. |
ARTICLE 16
MISCELLANEOUS
16.01 Headings. The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 16.02 Action by Employer. Any action by an Employer under this Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, or by any person or persons duly authorized by resolution of said Board to take such action. 16.03 Spendthrift Clause. Except as otherwise required by (1) a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in Code Section 414(p), or (2) a judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C) entered on or after January 1, 2002, none of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, and none of them shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan except for the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary. If any Participant shall attempt to dispose of the benefits provided for him hereunder, or to dispose of the right to receive such benefits, or in the event there should be an effort to seize such benefits or the right to receive such benefits by attachment, execution or other legal or equitable process, such right to benefits shall pass and be transferred, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, to such one or more as may be appointed by the Plan Administrator from among the Beneficiaries, if any theretofore designated by the Participant, or from the spouse, children or other dependents of the Participant, in such shares as the Committee may appoint. Any appointment so made by the Committee may be revoked by it at any time and further appointment made by it which may include the Participant. 16.04 Distributions Upon Termination of Plan. Subject to Section 11.03, Pre-Tax Contributions and any income attributable thereto, shall be distributed to Participants or their Beneficiaries as soon as administratively feasible after the termination of the Plan, provided that neither the Employer nor its Affiliates maintain a "successor plan," as defined in -71- |
Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) or any successor Treasury Regulation thereto. 16.05 Discrimination. The Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and all other persons involved in the administration and operation of the Plan shall administer and operate the Plan and Trust in a uniform and consistent manner with respect to all Participants similarly situated and shall not permit discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. 16.06 Release. Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Committee and the Employer, any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary, or legal representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the Committee, or the Employer, as the case may be. 16.07 Compliance with Applicable Laws. The Company, through the Plan Administrator, shall interpret and administer the Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall remain in compliance with the Code, with the Act, and all other applicable laws, regulations, and rulings. 16.08 Agent for Service of Process. The agent for service of process of this Plan shall be the person listed from time to time in the current records of the Secretary of State of Georgia as the agent for the service of process for the Company. 16.09 Merger. In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other Plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another Plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan would terminate) the benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit such Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (assuming that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger, consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment of the Act. 16.10 Governing Law. -72- |
The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia to the extent that such laws are not preempted by Federal law. 16.11 Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Sponsor. (a) The Committee shall determine which employers shall become Affiliated Sponsors within the terms of the Plan. In order for the Committee to designate an Employer as an Affiliated Sponsor, the Committee must approve the addition of the Affiliated Sponsor's identity to Schedule A or Schedule B (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier effective date). The Committee may also specify such terms and conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the Affiliated Sponsor as the Committee deems appropriate. With the Committee's consent, an Affiliated Sponsor may limit participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees. (b) The Plan of the Affiliated Sponsor and of the Company shall be considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1). All assets contributed to the Plan by the Affiliated Sponsor shall be held in a single fund together with the assets contributed by the Company (and with the assets of any other Affiliated Sponsors); and so long as the Affiliated Sponsor continues to be designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether such Employees are employed by the Company or by the Affiliated Sponsor. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting of assets contributed by the Company and the Affiliated Sponsors for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the Committee or the holding of Plan assets in more than one Trust Fund with more than one Trustee. (c) So long as the Affiliated Sponsor's designation as such remains in effect, the Affiliated Sponsor shall be bound by, and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Board, its Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the Committee and no Affiliated Sponsor shall have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement adopted by the Board, its Compensation and Stock Option Committee or the Committee shall be binding upon every Affiliated Sponsor without further action by such Affiliated Sponsor. (d) Each Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making an Employer Contribution with respect to its Employees and solely -73- |
responsible for making any contribution required by Article 15. Furthermore, if an Affiliated Sponsor determines to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of its Employees, such Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making such contribution. Neither the Company nor any other Affiliated Sponsor is obligated to make an Employer Matching Contribution or Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of the Employees of a different Affiliated Sponsor. (e) The Company and each Affiliated Sponsor which is an Affiliate will be tested on a combined basis to determine whether the Company and such Affiliated Sponsors satisfy the Average Actual Deferral Percentage Test described in Section 12.03 and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage test described in Section 12.06. An Affiliated Sponsor which is not an Affiliate shall be tested separately from the Company and those Affiliated Sponsors that are Affiliates for purposes of the ADP test and ACP test described in Article 12. (f) No Affiliated Sponsor other than the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan. However, any Affiliated Sponsor may withdraw from the Plan by action of its board of directors provided such action is communicated in writing to the Committee. The withdrawal of an Affiliated Sponsor shall be effective as of the last day of the Plan Year following receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee consents to a different effective date). In addition, the Committee may terminate the designation of an Affiliated Sponsor to be effective on such date as the Committee specifies. Any such Affiliated Sponsor which ceases to be an Affiliated Sponsor shall be liable for all cost accrued through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination and any contributions owing as a result of Pre-Tax Contributions by its Employees or any other contribution as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e). In the event of the withdrawal or termination of an Affiliated Sponsor as provided in this paragraph, such Affiliated Sponsor shall have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is approved by the Committee in its sole discretion. 16.12 Protected Benefits. Early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected Benefits") shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits accrued under such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or elimination is permitted under the Code authority issued by the Internal Revenue Service, or judicial authority. -74- |
16.13 Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown. In the event that all or any portion of the distribution payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary shall remain unpaid solely by reason of the Committee's inability to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount unpaid shall be forfeited. However, such forfeiture shall not occur until five (5) years after the amount first became payable. The Committee shall make a diligent effort to locate the Participant or Beneficiary, including the mailing of a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such Participant or Beneficiary. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being forfeited, such benefit shall be restored and distributed. 16.14 Qualified Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). It is the intent of this Section 16.14 to adopt the IRS model amendment set forth in Rev. Proc. 96-49 for the purposes set forth in such revenue procedure. 16.15 Use of Electronic Media. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan may fulfill any notice, election, consent, disclosure, or other requirement using electronic media, to the extent permitted by relevant guidance from the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor. Electronic media includes, but is not limited to, e-mail, Internet, intranet systems, voice response, telephone, or other paperless systems. Accordingly, any requirement in the Plan or applicable law or regulations that a particular action be done in writing may be fulfilled electronically, to the extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor. |
ARTICLE 17
EGTRRA AMENDMENTS
17.01 Background. (a) Adoption and effective date of amendment. This Article 17 is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this Article 17 shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2001. (b) Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This Article 17 shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Article 17. 17.02 Limitations on Contributions. (a) Effective Date. This section shall be effective for limitation years beginning after December 31, 2001. (b) Maximum Annual Addition. Except to the extent permitted under Section 17.05 and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a participant's account under the plan for any limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of: (1) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under section 415(d) of the Code, or (2) 100 percent of the participant's compensation, within the meaning of Article 14 for the Limitation Year. The compensation limit referred to in this paragraph (2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition. 17.03 Increase in Compensation Limit. The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual Compensation means Compensation during -76- |
the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. 17.04 Elective Deferrals - Contribution Limitation. No Participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 17.05 and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable. 17.05 Catch-Up Contributions. (a) All Employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions. (b) Effective Date. This Section shall apply to contributions after December 31, 2001. 17.06 Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions. (a) Effective Date. This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001. (b) Modification of Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 8.07 of the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former -77- |
spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code. (c) Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution to Exclude Hardship Distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 8.07 of the Plan, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan. (d) Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution to Include After-Tax Employee Contributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 8.07 of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible. 17.07 Rollovers from Other Plans. (a) The Plan will accept Participant rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers of distributions made after December 31, 2001, from the following types of plans, beginning on the effective date specified in subsection (d) below: A qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions. (b) The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from the following plans: A qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code. (c) The Plan will not accept a participant rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. (d) Effective Date of Direct Rollover and Participant Rollover Contribution Provisions. This Section shall be effective January 1, 2002. -78- |
17.08 Repeal of Multiple Use Test. The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-2 and Section 12.09 of the Plan shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001. 17.09 Distribution Upon Severance from Employment. (a) Effective Date. This Section shall apply for distributions and severances from employment occurring after the dates specified in subsection (c) below. (b) New distributable event. A Participant's elective deferrals, qualified nonelective contributions, qualified matching contributions, and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant's severance from employment. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed. (c) This Section (Distribution upon Severance from Employment), shall apply for distributions after December 31, 2001, regardless of when the severance from employment occurred. 17.10 Suspension Period Following Hardship Distribution. (a) A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals after December 31, 2001, on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution. (b) A Participant who receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for the period specified in the provisions of the Plan relating to suspension of elective deferrals that were in effect prior to this amendment. 17.11 Modification of Top Heavy Rules. (a) Effective Date. This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the plan -79- |
satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This Section amends Section 15 of the Plan. |
(b) Determination of Top-Heavy Status.
(1) Key Employee. Key employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(2) Determination of Present Values and Amounts. This paragraph (2) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the determination date.
(A) Distributions during Year Ending on the Determination Date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period."
(B) Employees Not Performing Services During Year Ending On The Determination Date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
(c) Minimum Benefits
(1) Matching Contributions. Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.
(2) Contributions Under Other Plans. If the Company desires to have the top heavy minimum benefit requirement met in another plan, the Company shall so indicate in this paragraph (2) by identifying the name of the other plan, the minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan and the employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan. Unless so indicated in this paragraph (2), the top heavy minimum benefit requirement will be satisfied by contributions to this Plan.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be duly executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 2001.
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
By: /s/ Frank M. Howard -------------------------------- Title: Vice President and Treasurer ---------------------------- Date: February 27, 2002 ----------------------------- |
SCHEDULE A
Original Affiliated Sponsors
Designated Under Section 16.11
I. General Rule - No Past Service Credit. Unless otherwise identified below, an employee will not receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan for his or her prior employment with the Affiliated Sponsor. Instead (unless otherwise required by law), Hours of Service worked for an Affiliated Sponsor prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.
II. Definition of Past Service Credit. If Employees of an Affiliated Sponsor are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who are employed by the Affiliated Sponsor on the Designation Date shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with the Affiliated Sponsor, but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in Service set forth in this Plan.
Designation Name Date Special Notes ---- ------------ ------------- 1. S.P. Richards July 1, 1988 Past Service Credit Granted Company 2. Balkamp, Inc. July 1, 1988 Past Service Credit Granted. 3. NAPA, Inc. July 1, 1988 Past Service Credit Granted. 4. Motion (See Note Below) Past Service Credit Granted Industries, Inc. |
Special Note on Motion Industries, Inc.
On or about January 1, 1984, Genuine Parts Company acquired Motion Industries, Inc. ("Motion"). Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was on or after January 1, 1984, became participants in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan after satisfying the age and service requirements under such Plan. Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was prior to January 1, 1984, elected either to (1) continue their participation in the Motion Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan or (2) to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan. Effective January 1, 1990, the Motion Profit Sharing Plan was
terminated. Employees of Motion who participated in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan on December 31, 1989, and who were employed by Motion on January 1, 1990, became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 1990.
Employees of Motion who participated in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on July 1, 1988, began their participation under the Genuine Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988. Employees who first became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on January 1, 1990, commenced participation in the Genuine Partnership Plan on January 1, 1990.
In either case, employees of Motion who began participation in the Genuine Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988, or January 1, 1990, received credit for vesting purposes under the Genuine Partnership Plan for their years of employment with Motion.
Please note that employees hired by Motion on or after January 1, 1984, became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan and Genuine Partnership Plan in accordance with the same rules applicable to all employees of Genuine Parts Company. The staggered entry dates of July 1, 1988, and January 1, 1990, apply to those employees who worked for Motion prior to January 1, 1984.
SCHEDULE B
Credit for Service with Predecessor Employers and Affiliated Sponsors
I. General Rule - No Past Service. Unless otherwise identified in Part II below, an Employee will not receive Credited Service or Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan for any purpose. Instead (unless otherwise required by law) Hours of Service worked for a predecessor employer prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.
II. Definition of Past Service Credit. If Employees who were previously employed by a predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor listed below are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who are employed by an Employer on the Designation Date shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning with the employment commencement date with the predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor, but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in Service set forth in this Plan.
Extent of Credit for Service Name Designation Date with Predecessor Company ---- ---------------- ---------------------------- 1. Odell Hardware Company 7/1/88 Past Service Credit Granted ("Odell") 2. Clark Siviter 7/1/88 Past Service Credit Granted 3. Brooks-Noble Parts 7/1/88 Past Service Credit Granted & Machine Co., Inc. 4. General Automotive Parts 7/1/88 Past Service Credit Granted Company and its subsidiaries ("General Automotive") 5. Standard Units Parts 7/1/88 Past Service Credit Granted Corporation including its subsidiary Manco, Inc. ("Standard Units Parts") 6. NAPA Des Moines 7/1/88 Past Service Credit Granted Warehouse ("Des Moines") |
III. (a) Acquisitions Prior to January 1, 1994.
Participants employed by the following predecessor employers that were acquired prior to January 1, 1994, shall not receive Past Service Credit as of the date the predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company. However, after an employee of such predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Section 3.01, such Participant shall receive Credited Service for all employment with such predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor effective as of the Employment Date indicated below provided such individuals were employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.
(b) Acquisitions On or After January 1, 1994.
Participants employed by the following predecessor employers or Affiliated Sponsors that were acquired on or after January 1, 1994 shall receive Credited Service and credit for participation purposes under Article III for all employment with such predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor effective as of the Employment Date indicated below provided such individuals were employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.
(c) Important Restrictions.
Credited Service granted under (a) or (b) above may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with the definition of Credited Service set forth in Article II. Furthermore, no Credited Service shall be granted for employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Credited Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.
Davis & Wilmar, Inc. May 1, 1993 Pittsburg, PA (Acquired 7/1/92) M&B, Inc. (Lesker Office Supplies, Inc.) November 1, 1993 Charlotte, NC The Parts, Inc. January 1, 1995 Anchorage, AK (Acquired 1/1/94) Dade City Jobbing Group January 1, 1994 Dade City, FL (Acquired 1/2/92) Atlantic Tracy Inc. November 1, 1995 Summerville, MA Midcap Bearing Corporation June 1, 1995 -85- |
San Antonio, TX Motion Equipment, Inc. June 1, 1995 Houston, TX Power Drives & Bearings, Inc. October 1,1995 Omaha, NE Friend's Motor Supply, Inc. June 30, 1997 Hastings, NE Utah Bearing and Fabrication, Inc. October 3,1997 Salt Lake City, UT Colorado Bearing and Supply, Inc. October 3, 1997 Denver, CO Quality Auto Supply of Alaska, Inc. April 1, 1998 Palmer, AK Berry Bearing Company /Tom Steel Div. January 1, 1998 Lyons, IL (Acquired 2/93) Cascade Bearings April 1, 1998 Yakima, WA Horizon U.S.A. Data Supplies, Inc. August 1, 1998 Reno, NV (Acquired on 4/1/95) Berry Bearing Company (all divisions October 1, 1998 other than Tom Steel Division) (Acquired 2/93) Lyons, IL Hub Tool & Supply, Inc. January 1, 1999 Wichita, KS Bush-Miller, Inc. April 1, 1999 York, PA -86- |
EIS, Inc. December 1, 1999 (including the following current and former subsidiaries of EIS, Inc.: Com-Kyl, Inc.; Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc.; Electronic Tool Co., Inc.; Summit Insulation Supply Company, Inc.; and H.A. Holden, Inc.) Atlanta, GA (Acquired 5/98) Brittain Brothers, Inc. April 1, 2000 Oklahoma City, OK (Merged 6/30/00) Coach & Motor Company May 1, 2001 Johnson Industries January 1, 2001 (including the following current and former subsidiaries of Johnson Industries; C.P. Hunt Company; Dealer Parts Service, Inc.; Uptown Auto; L&D Enterprises, Inc.) |
Effective Date. This Schedule B was amended from time to time as additional acquisitions occurred. Schedule B was amended effective January 1, 1998 (Amendment #4 to the 1994 Plan); effective January 1, 1999 (Amendment #8 to the 1994 Plan); effective April 1, 1999 (Amendment #9 to the 1994 Plan); effective November 30, 1999 (Amendment #10 to the 1994 Plan); effective April 1, 2000 (Amendment #11 to the 1994 Plan) and as part of this Amendment and Restatement.
SCHEDULE C
Prior Employer Accounts
Any defined term used in this Schedule C shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in the Plan, unless otherwise defined in this Schedule C.
I. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Genuine Parts 401(k) Plan for the Dade City Jobbing Group
A. Background. As of December 31, 1993, the Genuine Parts 401(k) Plan for the Dade City Jobbing Group effective as of January 1, 1993 (the "Dade City Plan") was frozen. The Dade City Plan was subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Dade City Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Dade City Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of merger into the Plan, former participants in the Dade City Plan ("Dade City Participants") who became Participants in this Plan may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under the Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) upon reaching the Dade City Plan's early retirement date, which can be the first day of any month within 10 years of a Dade City Participant's Normal Retirement Date;
(ii) a qualified joint and 100% survivor annuity;
(iii) a life annuity;
(iv) a life annuity with a guarantee of 120 monthly payments;
(v) a contingent 50% or 100% annuitant option; or
(vi) a monthly annuity, if a Dade City Participant terminates employment with the Company before he would have been eligible to retire under the Dade City Plan.
II. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Davis & Wilmar, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
A. Background. The Davis & Wilmar, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan effective as of May 1, 1993 (the "Davis & Wilmar Plan") was frozen. The Davis & Wilmar Plan was merged into the Plan effective December 31, 1994, as part of Genuine Parts Company's
acquisition of Davis & Wilmar, Inc. Accounts established under the Davis & Wilmar Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Davis & Wilmar Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of December 31, 1994, former participants in the Davis & Wilmar Plan who became Participants in this Plan, or their surviving spouse (as applicable), may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under the Plan, a distribution from such participants' Prior Plan Accounts as follows:
(i) an annuity, or
(ii) a qualified pre-retirement 100% survivor annuity.
III. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Parts, Inc. 401(k) Plan
A. Background. As of January 1, 1995, the Parts, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective as of January 1, 1989 (the "Parts, Inc. Plan") was frozen. The Parts, Inc. Plan was merged into the Plan as part of Genuine Parts Company's acquisition of Parts, Inc. Accounts established under the Parts, Inc. Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Parts, Inc. Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective January 1, 1995, former participants in the Parts, Inc. Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Parts, Inc. Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) on or after attaining the Parts, Inc. Plan's normal retirement age which is age 60; or
(ii) in quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments extending over a period certain not to exceed the Parts Inc. Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary.
IV. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the I.M.S./Horizon 401(k) Plan
A. Background. Genuine Parts Company's acquired International Media & Supplies, Inc. and Horizon U.S.A. Data Supplies, Inc. ("Horizon") on April 28, 1995. The I.M.S. Horizon Plan was continued to be maintained by Horizon although the plan was amended to only permit participation by non-highly compensated employees. The I.M.S./Horizon Plan was merged into the Plan effective August 1, 1998. Accounts established under the I.M.S./Horizon Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the I.M.S./Horizon Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective August 1, 1998, former participants in the I.M.S./Horizon Plan who became Participants in the Plan ("I.M.S./Horizon Participants"), or their surviving spouses (as applicable), may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under the Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) upon termination of employment for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, an I.M.S./Horizon Participant may receive a distribution of his Prior Plan Account on or after the last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following his termination of employment;
(ii) on or after the I.M.S./Horizon Plan's early retirement date, which is any date coincident with or next following attainment of age 60 and completion of seven years of service under the I.M.S./Horizon Plan;
(iii) a joint and 50% survivor annuity;
(iv) a joint and 75% survivor annuity;
(v) a joint and 100% survivor annuity;
(vi) a life annuity;
(vii) in quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash installments extending over a period certain not to exceed the I.M.S./Horizon Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary (a designated beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the period over which installment payments shall be made);
(viii) an annuity extending over a period certain not to exceed the I.M.S./Horizon Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary; or
(ix) a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity.
Furthermore, any security interest held by the I.M.S./Horizon Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to an I.M.S./Horizon Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of any pre-retirement survivor annuity.
V. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Motion Equipment, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
A. Background. The Motion Equipment, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan ("Motion Plan") has been merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Motion Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Motion Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Motion Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Motion Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Motion Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) on or after attaining the Motion Plan's early retirement age, which is age 59-1/2;
(ii) on or after attaining the Motion Plan's normal retirement age, which is age 62;
(iii) in a lump-sum distribution in-kind, or part in cash and part in-kind; or
(iv) in installments payable in cash or in-kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Motion Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary.
VI. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Midcap Bearing Corporation Profit Sharing Plan
A. Background. The Midcap Bearing Profit Sharing Plan effective as of January 1, 1995 (the "Midcap Plan") has been merged into this Plan. Accounts established under the Midcap Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Midcap Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Midcap Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Midcap Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Midcap Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) on or after attaining the Midcap Plan's early retirement age, which is age 59-1/2;
(ii) on or after attaining the Midcap Plan's normal retirement age, which is age 62;
(iii) in a lump-sum distribution in-kind, or part in cash and part in-kind; or
(iv) in installments payable in cash or in-kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Midcap Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary.
VII. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Hub Tool & Supply, Inc. 401(k) Plan
A. Background. As of December 31, 1998, the Hub Tool & Supply, Inc.
401(k) Plan (the "Hub Plan") was frozen. The Hub Plan was subsequently merged
into the Plan. Accounts established under the Hub Plan shall constitute Prior
Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Hub Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Hub Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Hub Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Hub Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;
(ii) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant and, if the Participant dies before the end of a period of five, ten, or fifteen years as selected by the Participant, with monthly income payable to the Participant's beneficiary until the end of such period;
(iii) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant and, if the Participant dies before the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account, with monthly income payable to the Participant's beneficiary until the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account;
(iv) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50%, 66 2/3%, or 100% (as elected by the Participant) of the Participant's monthly income payable for the life of the Participant's survivor; and, if both the Participant and the Participant's survivor die before the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account, payments continue to the Participant's beneficiary until the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account;
(v) in installment payments made monthly for a fixed period of time equal to or greater than 60 months; or
(vi) in a series of flexible income payments for an amount each year equal to that elected by the Participant which, in the year the Participant attains age 70 1/2, must be equal to or greater than a minimum amount.
VIII. Vesting Schedule and Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Summit Insulation Supply Co., Inc. Retirement Savings Plan
A. Background. As of November 30, 1999, the Summit Insulation Supply Co., Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (the "Summit Plan") was frozen. The Summit Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Summit Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Vesting Schedule for Prior Employer Account. Notwithstanding the vesting provisions of the Plan, any Participant who has two Years of Credited Service shall be 20% vested in the regular matching contribution/employer contribution subaccount of his Prior Employer Account that is attributable to regular matching contributions/employer contributions made to his account under the Summit Plan.
C. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Summit Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Summit Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Summit Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Summit Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;
(ii) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50% of the Participant's monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse;
(iii) in a preretirement survivor annuity purchasable with 100% of the Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit with monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, in the event that the Participant is married and dies prior to his annuity starting date; or
(iv) in installment payments made monthly, quarterly, or annually over a fixed reasonable period of time, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary.
IX. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the H.A.
Holden, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan
A. Background. As of November 30, 1999, the H.A. Holden, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the "Holden Plan") was frozen. The Holden Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Holden Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Holden Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Holden Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Holden Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Holden Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;
(ii) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50% of the Participant's monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse;
(iii) in a preretirement survivor annuity purchasable with 50% of the Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit with monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, in the event that the Participant is married and dies prior to his annuity starting date; or
(iv) in installment payments made monthly, quarterly, or annually over a fixed reasonable period of time, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary.
X. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc. 401(k) Plan
A. Background. As of December 31, 1998, the Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Scottsdale Plan") was frozen. The Scottsdale Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Scottsdale Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Scottsdale Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Scottsdale Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Scottsdale Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Scottsdale
Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from that potion of their Prior Employer Accounts that accrued under the Scottsdale Plan on or before December 31, 1996, in installment payments made monthly, quarterly, or annually over a period of years certain selected by the Participant that is less than the life of the Participant.
XI. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the EIS, Inc. 401(k) Plan
A. Background. As of November 30, 1999, the EIS, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "EIS Plan"), formerly known as the EIS, Inc. Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, was frozen. The EIS Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the EIS Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the EIS Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the EIS Plan into this Plan, former participants in the EIS Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("EIS Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:
(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;
(ii) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50% of the Participant's monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse;
(iii) in a preretirement survivor annuity purchasable with the Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit with monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, in the event that the Participant is married and dies prior to his annuity starting date; or
(iv) in installment payments made monthly or annually over a period of five to twenty years, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.05 of the Plan, an EIS Participant may elect to receive distributions of his Prior Employer Account under Code Section 401(a)(9) in any of the forms listed above. However, if an EIS Participant fails to elect a form of benefit by his required beginning date, any distribution of his Prior Employer Account made pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) shall be in a lump sum.
C. Death Benefits for Prior Employer Account. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan, in the event that an EIS Participant has not elected a single life annuity, a joint and survivor annuity, or a preretirement survivor annuity described above, in the event of the EIS Participant's death, his Prior Employer Account shall be distribute to his Beneficiary (the "EIS Beneficiary") as follows:
(i) If distributions to the EIS Participant have not commenced, the EIS Participant's Prior Employer Account will be distributed to the EIS Beneficiary in either a lump sum payment or installment payments, as described above, as elected by the EIS Beneficiary. However, if the EIS Beneficiary fails to elect a distribution option within ninety days of the EIS Participant's death, the EIS Participant's Prior Employer Account will be distributed to the EIS Beneficiary in a lump sum.
(ii) If distributions to the EIS Participant have commenced, the EIS Participant's Prior Employer Account will continue to be distributed to the Beneficiary over the same period certain elected by the EIS Participant. However, within ninety days of the EIS Participant's death, the EIS Beneficiary may elect to receive the remaining unpaid Prior Employer Account in a lump sum.
D. Additional Method of Distribution. Notwithstanding Section 8.02 of the Plan, an EIS Participant will receive a distribution of any Qualifying Employer Securities held in his Prior Employer Account in whole shares of the common stock of the Company.
E. Vesting Schedule for Prior Employer Account. Notwithstanding the vesting provisions of the Plan, all EIS Participants shall be 100% vested in their Prior Employer Accounts.
F. Additional In-Service Withdrawal Option. An EIS Participant may invest the non-Qualifying Employer Securities portion of his "after-tax contribution account" subaccount of his Prior Employer Account not more frequently than once during each Plan Year.
G. Additional Investment Option. On or before December 31, 2001, an EIS Participant may direct to have the Company Stock held in his Prior Employer Account liquidated, the proceeds of which shall be invested in accordance with the Participant's investment elections made pursuant to Section 6.06 of the Plan. However, an EIS Participant may not direct that any portion of his Prior Employer Account be invested in Company Stock.
XII. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in The Johnson Industries Employee Savings & Profit Sharing Plan
A. Background. As of December 31, 2000, The Johnson Industries Employees Savings & Profit Sharing Plan (the "Johnson Industries Plan") was frozen. The Johnson Industries Plan was subsequently merged into the Plan in the first half of 2001. Certain participants in the Johnson Industries Plan had subaccounts that contained funds from the Layfield Company, Inc. Amended and Restated Money Purchase Pension Plan, a plan sponsored by their prior employer (the "Layfield Subaccounts"). The Layfield Subaccounts shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.
B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Johnson Industries Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Johnson Industries Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Johnson Industries Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Johnson Industries Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified pre-retirement annuity.
Effective Date. This Schedule C was amended from time to time as acquired plans were merged into this Plan, including Amendment #6 to the 1994 Plan (effective January 1, 1994); Amendment #10 to the 1994 Plan (effective November 30, 1999); Amendment #11 to the 1994 Plan (effective April 1, 2000); Amendment #12 to the 1994 Plan (effective December 29, 2000); and as part of this Amendment and Restatement.
XIII. Elimination of Optional Form of Benefit.
Effective ninety (90) days after the date notice is provided to affected Participants, the provisions in Schedule C immediately prior to the issuance of such notice shall be deleted in their entirety. The purpose of this provision is to delete all optional forms of benefit other than those set forth in Section 8.02. Accordingly, the optional distribution forms set forth in Schedule C immediately prior to the issuance of the notice shall no longer be available ninety (90) days after notice is given to affected participants in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(d)-6. Such notice shall inform the affected participants that all optional forms of benefit in this Schedule C are being deleted from the Plan.
SCHEDULE D
(The definition of "Trust" or "Trust Agreement" references a Schedule D--which did not exist. This new Schedule D is thus created and left blank until information needs to be placed herein.)
EXHIBIT 10.54
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
PENSION PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN)
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
PENSION PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I - INTRODUCTION 1 1.01 HISTORY OF THE PLAN 1 1.02 NEW PLAN 1 1.03 EFFECTIVE DATE 1 1.04 ACCRUED BENEFITS UNDER THIS PLAN AND UNDER PRIOR PLAN 1 1.05 PURPOSE 1 ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS 2 2.01 ACCRUED BENEFIT 2 2.02 ACT OR ERISA 3 2.03 ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT 3 2.04 ACTUARY 4 2.05 AFFILIATE 4 2.06 ANNUITY STARTING DATE 4 2.07 ANTICIPATED SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFIT 5 2.08 AUTHORIZED ABSENCE 6 2.09 AVERAGE EARNINGS 6 2.10 BENEFICIARY 6 2.11 BOARD 7 2.12 BREAK IN SERVICE 7 2.13 CODE 7 2.14 COMPANY 7 2.15 CONTRIBUTIONS 7 2.16 CREDITED SERVICE 7 2.17 DELAYED RETIREMENT DATE 9 2.18 EARNINGS 9 2.19 EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE 9 2.20 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE 9 2.21 EFFECTIVE DATE 9 2.22 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE 9 2.23 EMPLOYEE 10 2.24 EMPLOYER 10 2.25 EMPLOYMENT 10 2.26 FIDUCIARY 10 2.27 FUND 11 2.28 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 11 2.29 HOURS OF SERVICE 11 |
2.30 INSURER 12 2.31 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE 12 2.32 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE 12 2.33 PARTICIPANT 12 2.34 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 12 2.35 PENSION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE OR COMMITTEE 12 2.36 PERMANENT DISABILITY 13 2.37 PLAN 13 2.38 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR OR ADMINISTRATOR 13 2.39 PLAN YEAR 13 2.40 PREDECESSOR PLANS 13 2.41 PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY 14 2.42 PRIOR PLAN 14 2.43 RETIREMENT 14 2.44 RETIREMENT INCOME 14 2.45 SPOUSE 14 2.46 TERMINATION DATE 14 2.47 TREASURY REGULATIONS 15 2.48 TRUST OR TRUST AGREEMENT OR TRUST FUND OR FUND 15 2.49 TRUSTEE 15 2.50 VESTING SERVICE 15 2.51 DEFINED TERMS 16 ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATION 17 ARTICLE IV - RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS 19 4.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT 19 4.02 EARLY RETIREMENT 20 4.03 PERMANENT DISABILITY 21 4.04 DELAYED RETIREMENT 22 4.05 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 23 4.06 SUSPENSION OF BENEFITS 25 4.07 REDUCTION OF BENEFIT IN CERTAIN CASES 26 4.08 INCREASE IN BENEFITS FOR RETIRED PARTICIPANTS 27 4.09 MINIMUM BENEFIT OF PRIOR PLANS 28 4.10 CHANGE IN CONTROL 28 ARTICLE V - DEATH BENEFITS 31 5.01 PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY 31 5.02 GPC DEATH BENEFIT PLAN 32 5.03 DEATH AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE BUT PRIOR TO DELAYED RETIREMENT DATE 32 5.04 DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY STARTING DATE 33 5.05 PURCHASE OF INSURANCE POLICIES 33 |
5.06 LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY 34 ARTICLE VI - OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME 35 6.01 AUTOMATIC FORMS OF PAYMENT 35 6.02 OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT 35 6.03 SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION RULES 38 6.04 SMALL PAYMENTS 39 6.05 APPLICATION FOR COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS 40 6.06 MISCELLANEOUS 40 6.07 DIRECT ROLLOVER 40 6.08 DISTRIBUTIONS PURSUANT TO QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS 42 ARTICLE VII - METHOD OF FINANCING 43 7.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST FUND 43 7.02 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 43 7.03 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS 43 7.04 MISCELLANEOUS 43 ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 45 8.01 NAMED FIDUCIARIES 45 8.02 BOARD OF DIRECTORS 45 8.03 TRUSTEE(S) 46 8.04 INSURER 46 8.05 PENSION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE 46 8.06 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY DUTY 49 8.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF COMMITTEE 49 8.08 CLAIMS PROCEDURE 49 8.09 APPOINTMENT OF INVESTMENT MANAGER 51 ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 52 9.01 AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN 52 9.02 TERMINATION OF THE PLAN 52 9.03 RESTRICTION ON CERTAIN BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 54 9.04 ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 56 ARTICLE X - MISCELLANEOUS 59 10.01 HEADINGS 59 10.02 GOVERNING LAW 59 10.03 SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE 59 10.04 LEGALLY INCOMPETENT, MINORS 59 10.05 DISCRIMINATION 60 |
10.06 CLAIMS 60 10.07 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS 60 10.08 MERGER 60 10.09 FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS WHERE RECIPIENT CANNOT BE LOCATED 60 10.10 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE 61 10.11 USE OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA 61 ARTICLE XI - RESERVED 62 ARTICLE XII - TOP HEAVY RULES 63 12.01 GENERAL RULE 63 12.02 DEFINITIONS 63 12.03 MINIMUM ACCRUED BENEFIT 64 12.04 FORM OF BENEFIT 65 12.05 NONFORFEITABILITY OF EMPLOYER TOP-HEAVY CONTRIBUTION 65 12.06 MINIMUM VESTING 65 12.07 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATION FOR TOP HEAVY YEARS REPEALED 66 ARTICLE XIII - MAXIMUM BENEFITS 67 13.01 GENERAL RULE 67 13.02 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATIONS 67 13.03 DEFINITIONS 67 ARTICLE XIV - HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES 69 14.01 IN GENERAL 69 14.02 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES 69 14.03 FORMER HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE 69 14.04 DEFINITIONS 69 14.05 OTHER METHODS PERMISSIBLE 70 ARTICLE XV - EGTRRA AMENDMENTS 72 15.01 BACKGROUND 72 15.02 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS 72 15.03 INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT 74 15.04 MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES 74 15.05 DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS 76 SCHEDULE A 78 SCHEDULE B 81 SCHEDULE C 92 SCHEDULE D 93 |
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
PENSION PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001)
ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION
1.01 History of the Plan. Prior to January 1, 1984, the Company maintained the Predecessor Plans covering different groups of its employees. Effective January 1, 1984, the Predecessor Plans were merged together in accordance with Code Section 414(l) to form the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan (the "1984 Restatement"). The 1984 Restatement was subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 1989 (the "Prior Plan"). 1.02 New Plan. Effective January 1, 2001, the Prior Plan is continued in an amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in this document for the purpose of complying with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended and maintaining qualification under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 1.03 Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective January 1, 2001 except as otherwise provided herein. 1.04 Accrued Benefits Under This Plan and Under Prior Plan. Only Participants who earn an Hour of Service after the Effective Date shall have their Accrued Benefit determined under the provisions of this Plan. All other Participants shall have their Accrued Benefit determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Prior Plan. However, all Participants who have an Accrued Benefit under the Plan or Prior Plan shall receive a distribution of their Accrued Benefit in accordance with this Plan. 1.05 Purpose. The purpose of this Plan (and the Trust Agreement) is to reward the loyal and efficient services of the Employees and to stimulate in them an interest in the successful operation of the Company's business by providing the benefits of a qualified retirement plan. This Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with such purpose. |
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
2.01 Accrued Benefit.
(a) In General. For purposes of this Plan, the term "Accrued Benefit" shall mean the Participant's Projected Retirement Income multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's actual months of Credited Service. The denominator of the fraction is the Participant's months of Projected Credited Service. Projected Credited Service is the sum of the Participant's actual months of Credited Service plus Credited Service for future years and months assuming the Participant had continued in Employment until his or her Normal Retirement Date. The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant with fifteen or more years of Projected Credited Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as determined in Section 4.01(b) based on the Participant's Projected Credited Service (as defined above) and based on the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date the Participant's Accrued Benefit is determined. The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant with less than fifteen years of Projected Credited Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as determined in Section 4.01(c), based on the Participant's Projected Credited Service (as defined above) and based on the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date the Participant's Accrued Benefit is determined.
This Section 2.01(a) shall be effective on January 1, 1989; provided, however, that the Participant's Accrued Benefit under this Plan as of January 1, 2001 shall be no less than the Participant's Accrued Benefit under the terms of the Prior Plan.
(b) $200,000 Earnings Limit. Effective January 1, 1989, the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year (including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1989) to $200,000, adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17). Notwithstanding the $200,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1988 (determined without regard to the new $200,000 limit).
(c) $150,000 Earnings Limit. Effective January 1, 1994, the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year (including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1994) to $150,000, adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17). Notwithstanding the $150,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of:
(1) the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1993, (determined without regard to the new $150,000 limit but after application of the $200,000 limit of paragraph (b)) plus the Participant's Accrued Benefit earned after December 31, 1993 (determined with the $150,000 limit); or, (2) the Participant's Accrued Benefit for all years of Credited Service both before and after December 31, 1993 (determined with the $150,000 limit). 2.02 Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time. 2.03 Actuarial Equivalent shall mean a benefit of equivalent value computed in accordance with the actuarial assumptions described below. |
(a) The UP 1984 Mortality Table without any adjustments.
(b) An effective annual interest rate of 8%, except that for purposes of calculating single sum values, the rate shall be determined under 2.03(c) below.
(c) Lump Sum Distributions Before April 1, 1995. For purposes of computing single sum values, the interest rate shall be the interest rate which would be applied by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for purposes of determining the present value of the Participant's benefits under the Plan if the Plan had terminated on January 1 of the applicable Plan Year with insufficient assets to provide benefits guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on that date.
Lump Sum Distributions After April 1, 1995. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, for lump sum distributions made on or after April 1, 1995, a lump sum distribution will be determined based on the Applicable Mortality Table and the Applicable Interest Rate as defined immediately below:
(1) Applicable Mortality Table. The term "Applicable Mortality Table" means the table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury based on the prevailing Commissioner's Standard Table (described in Section 807(d)(6)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code) used to determine reserves or group annuity contracts issued on the date as of which present value is being determined (without regard to any other subparagraph of Section 807(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code).
(2) Applicable Interest Rate. (i) For lump sum distributions made on or after April 1, 1995, the term "Applicable Interest Rate" means the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities for the month of December that precedes the beginning of the Plan Year in which such distribution occurs. (Note that the December rates are published in January). (ii) For lump sum distributions made on or after January 1, 2000, the term "Applicable Interest Rate" means the annual rate of interest on the 30-year Treasury securities for the month of October that precedes the beginning of the Plan Year in which such distribution occurs. (Note that the October rates are published in November.) (iii) Special Rule for Annuity Starting Dates During Calendar Year 2000. For any Participant whose Annuity Starting Date occurs on or after January 1, 2000 but prior to January 1, 2001, the term "Applicable Interest Rate" will be either (a) or (b) which follow, whichever results in the larger distribution: (a) the rate in 2.03(c)(2)(ii) above; or (b) the annual rate of interest on the 30-year Treasury securities for the month of December that precedes the beginning of the Plan Year in which such distribution occurs. (Note that the December rates are published in January.) (d) Attained Age. For purposes of determining actuarial equivalence, age shall be determined using attained age, not the nearest age or age in years and months. 2.04 Actuary shall mean an Actuary selected by the Company (or a firm of Actuaries) who is enrolled under Subtitle C of Title III of the Act. 2.05 Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o). |
2.06 Annuity Starting Date shall mean the earliest of the following dates:
(i) For Participants who terminate their Employment and commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.01, the Participants' Normal Retirement Date;
(ii) For Participants who terminate their Employment and commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.02, the Participants' Early Retirement Date;
(iii) For Participants who terminate their Employment and commence
to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.04, the Participants' Delayed Retirement Date; and (iv) For Participants who terminate their Employment with less than 15 years of Credited Service and are therefore entitled to a Retirement Income under Section 4.05, the Participants' Normal Retirement Date. 2.07 Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall mean the estimated monthly primary insurance amount which is or will become payable to a Participant at the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age (as defined in Code Section 415(b)(8)), based on the Social Security Act in effect on the date of determination of the benefit, without taking into account any undetermined future automatic adjustments in (i) benefits and (ii) the contribution and benefit base, and on uniform rules adopted by the Committee, assuming: (a) that his Earnings at date of determination of his benefit under the Plan remains in effect thereafter to his Social Security Retirement Age; and (b) the earnings test for purposes of determining eligibility for the Social Security benefit shall not apply. The Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall become fixed as of the Participant's Retirement, or, if earlier, the date on which his Employment terminates (most recent date of termination for a reemployed employee). In determining a Participant's Anticipated Social Security Benefit, the Committee shall estimate the Participant's compensation for all years prior to the Participant's Termination Date. The Participant's estimated compensation shall be determined by applying a salary scale (six percent (6%) per annum), projected backwards, to the Participant's Earnings at the time of the Participant's Termination Date. Each Participant shall have the right to have his Anticipated Social Security Benefit computed on the basis of the Participant's actual salary history instead of using the Participant's estimated compensation. If the Participant supplies his actual salary history within a reasonable period of time following the Participant's Termination Date or, if later, following the date the Participant receives notice of -5- |
his right to supply actual salary history, the Participant's Retirement Income will be adjusted based on the Participant's actual salary history. After the Participant's Termination Date, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant of his right to supply actual salary history and the financial consequences of failing to provide such salary history. Such notice shall state that actual salary history can be obtained from the Social Security Administration. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall provide written notice to each Participant of the right to supply actual salary history at the time a summary plan description is provided to the Participant. 2.08 Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices provided that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within the period of authorized absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Absence to the extent required by federal law. Employees on Authorized Absence will be deemed to be in active Employment for purposes of Vesting Service (but not for other purposes). 2.09 Average Earnings shall mean the average of the Participant's monthly Earnings for the highest five (5) calendar years of Employment out of the last complete ten (10) calendar years of Employment (or during total Employment if less) immediately preceding the Participant's Termination Date. Average Earnings shall be determined by dividing the total Earnings received by the Participant during the appropriate five (5) year calendar year period by the Participant's number of months of Credited Service during such five (5) year calendar period. If the Participant's Earnings in the calendar year in which the Participant terminates Employment will increase the Participant's Average Earnings, such Earnings shall be counted as part of the Participant's ten (10) complete calendar years of Employment. Although a partial calendar year of Earnings may be used as described in the proceeding sentence, if a Participant has 60 or more months of Credited Service in the Plan, Average Earnings shall be computed by dividing by 60 months. 2.10 Beneficiary shall have the following meaning: (a) Unmarried Participants, may designate any individual(s), trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities as Beneficiaries in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event of the Participant's death. The Committee may require certification by a Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any -6- |
Beneficiary designation by an unmarried Participant shall be void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries. Any Beneficiary designation by an unmarried Participant shall also be void to the extent that it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order. If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes) and if there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include any persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants. (b) A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. However, see Sections 5.03 and 6.02 for limited circumstances where a Participant can (with spousal consent) designate a non-spouse Beneficiary. For purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant; (i) files a valid designation with the Committee, or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke any prior designations. 2.11 Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company. 2.12 Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed by the Employer and does not resume employment for seven or more consecutive years. 2.13 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto. 2.14 Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors or assigns who adopt this Plan. 2.15 Contributions shall mean the Employer contributions to the Fund made in accordance with Article VII. 2.16 Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an Employee of Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional years) both before and after the Effective Date which shall be measured |
in accordance with the following rules:
(a) Except as provided below, an Eligible Employee shall receive Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment from the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer to his Termination Date. If an Eligible Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Eligible Employee shall again receive Credited Service (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the Eligible Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his subsequent Termination Date.
(b) Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Eligible Employee is not entitled to a nonforfeitable Retirement Income under Section 4.05.
(c) Credited Service shall not include any period of service as an Eligible Employee of Employer during which an Employee is a member of a collective bargaining unit whose Eligible Employees are covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributes (other than this Plan) except to the extent provided in 4.07.
(d) Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment
with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a
Participating Employer or any period of employment with a
predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer
except to the extent provided in Schedules A and B. Also, see
Section 4.07 for an offset that may apply when Credited
Service is granted for prior employment.
(e) Credited Service shall not include any period of service in the military; except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law.
(f) Credited Service shall not be reduced or discontinued merely because the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age.
(g) An Eligible Employee who has a Permanent Disability before January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Credited Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the date he attains Normal Retirement Age. An Employee who becomes Permanently Disabled on or after January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Credited Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the last day of the month following the second anniversary of the date his Permanent Disability began.
2.17 Delayed Retirement Date shall mean for a Participant who continues his Employment beyond his Normal Retirement Date, the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following such Participant's termination of Employment. 2.18 Earnings shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: (a) Except as provided below, Earnings means the Participant's total compensation including wages, salaries, certain welfare benefits (vacation, bereavement, short term disability, and workers compensation make up), back pay awarded pursuant to an EEOC dispute (but not other types of EEOC disputes), and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of Employment (including commissions, overtime and bonuses). However, Earnings shall NOT include reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non cash), moving expenses, awards, prizes, referral bonuses, deferred compensation (including any amounts deferred or paid under the Tax Deferred Savings Plan) and all welfare benefits other than those listed in the previous sentence. Earnings SHALL include any compensation which is not includible in the Participant's gross income by reason of Code Section 402(a)(8) (Employee pre-tax contributions to the Genuine Partnership Plan), Code Section 125 (Employee salary deferrals under the Genuine Parts Company Section 125 Plan), and Code Sections 402(h), 457(b) and 414(h)(2). (b) During a Plan Year, Earnings may not exceed the dollar limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17) as adjusted from time to time ($170,000 in 2001, $200,000 in 2002). 2.19 Earliest Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's Normal Retirement Date. However, if the Participant has 15 or more years of Credited Service, the Participant's Earliest Retirement Age shall be the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the date the Participant attains (or would have attained) his Early Retirement Date. 2.20 Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the day on which the Participant (i) completes fifteen (15) years of Credited Service and has attained age fifty-five (55) and (ii) actually terminates his Employment. 2.21 Effective Date shall mean January 1, 2001. 2.22 Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees identified in the following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer. The |
following Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees:
(i) any Employee included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such Employee has been designated by the Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan,
(ii) any Employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States,
(iii) any person classified by the Employer as an independent
contractor for purposes of withholding and payment of employment taxes, even if such person is later determined, whether by the Employer or otherwise, to be a common law Employee of the Employer; (iv) any "leased employee" with respect to the Employer ("Leased employee" shall mean any person, other than an Employee of the Employer, who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer). 2.23 Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence from the Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" (as defined in the definition of "Eligible Employee") with respect to the Employer. However, if such "leased employees" constitute less than 20 percent of the Employer's combined non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term "Employee" shall not include "leased employees" covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5). 2.24 Employer shall mean the Company and any Participating Employer. All Participating Employers are listed on Schedule A or Schedule B. 2.25 Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the Employer. Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a Participating Employer and employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided Schedules A or B. 2.26 Fiduciary shall mean a party named as a Fiduciary in Section 8.01. Any party shall be considered a fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the Plan. -10- |
2.27 Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement. It is expressly intended that multiple trust funds may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder. See definition of "Trust" and Schedule C. 2.28 Highly Compensated Employee. See Article XIV. 2.29 Hours of Service shall mean: (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or Employers. (b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or an Authorized Absence; provided that in no event, shall an Employee receive credit for more than 501 Hours of Service for any single continuous period of non-working time. However, no Hours of Service shall be granted for any direct or indirect payment or for any entitlement to payment if (i) such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws or disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or medically related expenses. (c) Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Absence by reason of: (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee, or (iv) caring for a child referred to in paragraphs (i) through (iii) immediately following birth or placement. Hours credited under this paragraph shall be credited at the rate of 10 hours per day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the number of hours required to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service under Code Section 410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first computation period in which a Break in Service would otherwise occur. (d) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or Employers. (e) In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework Employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week (or ten Hours of Service for each day) in which such Employee would be credited with -11- |
Hours of Service if hourly paid. However, this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded by any Federal Law, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period. The following rules shall apply in determination of whether an Employee completes an "Hour of Service": 1. The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph (d) above; nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs (a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph (e) above; 2. The rules relating to determining Hours of Service for reasons other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those rules stated in Department of Labor Regulations Title 29, Chapter XXV, Subchapter C, part 2530, Sections 200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively. 2.30 Insurer shall mean a legal reserve life insurance company which issues a policy of life insurance or a group annuity contract under the Plan. 2.31 Normal Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's 65th birthday or, if later, the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. 2.32 Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month coincident with or next following the Participant's Normal Retirement Age. 2.33 Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Article III. 2.34 Participating Employer shall mean any corporation and any other entity that is designated by the Committee as a Participating Employer under the Plan. See Section 9.04 for provisions relating to a Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan. All Participating Employers, groups of employees designated as participating in the Plan by such Participating Employers (if not all employees), and the effective date of each Company's designation as a Participating Employer shall be specified in Schedule A or Schedule B. All Participating Employers in the Prior Plan as of this Plan's amendment and restatement shall automatically become a Participating Employer under this Plan. 2.35 Pension and Benefits Committee or Committee shall mean the Pension and Benefits Committee of the Company which is appointed by the Board or its designee to administer the Plan in accordance with the terms of Article VIII. The -12- |
terms Pension Committee, Committee or Pension and Benefits Committee may be used interchangeably. This Section 2.37 shall be effective July 1, 2001. 2.36 Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which results in the Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan. A Participant's Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant is no longer receiving disability benefits under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan. 2.37 Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan as set forth in this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto. 2.38 Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the committee of persons appointed by the Board pursuant to Article VIII to administer the Plan. The committee of such persons shall also be known as the Pension and Benefits Committee and all references in the Plan to the Plan Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Pension and Benefits Committee and vice versa. The committee of such persons is hereby designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning of Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for the service of legal process for the purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act. 2.39 Plan Year shall be the calendar year. 2.40 Predecessor Plans shall mean the following qualified defined benefit plans established prior to January 1, 1984 for employees of the |
Company:
Name of Plan Effective Date ------------ -------------- Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan 01/01/74 S. P. Richards Company Pension Plan 01/01/56 General Automotive Parts Pension Plan 01/01/64 (which does not include union employees covered under the plan of Union Automotive Association of St. Louis, Inc. or any successor thereto) Pension Plan for the Employees of 01/01/65 Standard Unit Parts Corporation (including Manco, Inc., an associate employer) |
Retirement Plan for Employees of 01/01/63 Balkamp, Inc. (which includes NAPA Headquarters employees) Restated NAPA Des Moines Warehouse 08/13/74 |
2.41 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall have that meaning as defined in Section 5.01. 2.42 Prior Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Plan as in effect on the day preceding the Effective Date. 2.43 Retirement shall mean the date the Participant actually ceases Employment for Early Retirement, Normal Retirement or Delayed Retirement, whichever is applicable. 2.44 Retirement Income shall mean any amount payable to or on behalf of a Participant, Beneficiary or Spouse in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. 2.45 Spouse shall mean, as of any applicable date, a person who: (a) was married to a Participant in a religious or civil ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage was contracted; (b) was married to the Participant on the Participant's Annuity Starting Date; and (c) for purposes of Article V (Death Benefits) was married to the Participant throughout the one-year period ending on the Participant's death. A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law marriage is recognized by applicable state law. The Participant's Spouse as of the Participant's Annuity Starting Date shall continue to be the Participant's Spouse for purposes of this Plan (unless otherwise provided in a qualified domestic relations order) notwithstanding the subsequent death or divorce of such Spouse and the remarriage of the Participant. |
2.46 Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following events:
(a) Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or
(b) Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; or
(c) Retirement; or
(d) Death; or (e) Two weeks after the end of an Authorized Absence; or (f) One year after an absence from work due to workers compensation injury/accident; or (g) Two years after an absence from work due to a Permanent Disability; or (h) The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases Employment for any reason not described above (e.g., vacation, holiday, sickness, disability (but not Permanent Disability), or layoff). This definition shall be effective January 1, 2000. 2.47 Treasury Regulations shall mean regulations pertaining to certain Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. 2.48 Trust or Trust Agreement or Trust Fund or Fund shall refer to the Fund established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust entered into between the Employer and one or more trustees (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation and maintenance of the Fund, and all amendments thereto which may hereafter be made. It is expressly intended that multiple sub-trusts may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Trust Fund hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to be a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)- 1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed to include any fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration or group annuity contract between the Company and/or the Trustee and an Insurer. Each trust agreement or contract with an Insurer established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on Schedule C. 2.49 Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall accept the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee pursuant to the Plan. 2.50 Vesting Service shall mean the number of whole years of service as an Employee of Employer (determined after aggregating partial years of service) both before and after the Effective Date which shall be measured in accordance with the following rules: (a) Except as provided below, an Employee shall receive Vesting Service for the elapsed time of his Employment from the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer to his Termination Date. If an Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Employee shall again receive Vesting Service (subject to the Break in -15- |
Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his subsequent Termination Date. (b) Vesting Service shall not include any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Employee is not entitled to a nonforfeitable Retirement Income under Section 4.05. (c) Vesting Service shall not include any period of Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a Participating Employer or any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer except to the extent provided in Schedules A and B. (d) An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered Employment with the Employer. (e) Vesting Service shall not include any period of service in the military; except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law. (f) An Employee who has a Permanent Disability before January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Vesting Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the date he attains Normal Retirement Age. An Employee who becomes Permanently Disabled on or after January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Vesting Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the last day of the month following the second anniversary of the date his Permanent Disability began. 2.51 Defined Terms. A defined term, such as "Retirement," will normally govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Retire," even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they are or are not initially capitalized. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require. The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" |
and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.
ARTICLE III
PARTICIPATION
3.01 Each Employee who was a Participant under the Prior Plan on the day prior to the Effective Date and who is employed by an Employer on the Effective Date shall participate in this Plan on the Effective Date. 3.02 After the Effective Date each Employee shall participate in the Plan on the first day (assuming the Participant is still an Employee on such date) to occur after such Employee attains age 21 and completes an eligibility computation period in which such Employee has 1,000 Hours of Service. An Employee's first eligibility computation period shall be the 12 consecutive months following the commencement of his Employment. If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his first eligibility computation period, then his second eligibility computation period shall be the Plan Year which commences on the January 1 following his initial date of hire. If an Employee shall fail to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his second eligibility computation period, then each successive Plan Year shall be the eligibility computation period. 3.03 A Participant shall participate in the Plan for so long as the Participant remains an Employee. If a Participant ceases to be an Employee and is later rehired, he shall resume participation in the Plan as of the date of rehire. 3.04 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Employee shall participate in the Plan during any period in which such Employee is a member of a collective bargaining unit whose Employees are covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributes (other than this Plan). If any Employee shall cease to be a member of such a collective bargaining unit and shall remain in the employ of Employer, then such Employee shall become a Participant in this Plan as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the earliest date on which such Employee has attained the age of 21 and completed a twelve month period of Employment during which such Employee has not less than 1,000 Hours of Service, and for such purpose all actual Employment of Employee shall be counted including employment during the period in which such Employee was a member of such bargaining unit. See Section 4.07 concerning reduction in benefits in certain cases in which Employment is counted as provided in the preceding sentence. 3.05 Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon dismissal from or voluntary -17- |
termination of his Employment, have any right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided. |
ARTICLE IV
RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS
4.01 Normal Retirement.
(a) A Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date is entitled to receive an annual Retirement Income beginning on his Normal Retirement Date payable in monthly installments in the form described in Article VI. A Participant who has attained Normal Retirement Age shall become 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.
(b) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date with 15 or more years of Credited Service and who elects to receive his benefit in the form of a Life Annuity Option shall be the greater of (A) and (B) where:
(A) is 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings; and
(B) is the applicable percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings on his Normal Retirement Date less 50% of the Participant's monthly Anticipated Social Security Benefit. The applicable percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings shall be determined by the following table:
Participant's Years of Credited Service as of Normal Percentage of Retirement Date Average Earnings ------------------- ---------------- 15................ 40.0% 16................ 40.5% 17................ 41.0% 18................ 41.5% 19................ 42.0% 20................ 42.5% 21................ 43.0% 22................ 43.5% 23................ 44.0% 24................ 44.5% 25................ 45.0% 26................ 45.5% 27................ 46.0% 28................ 46.5% 29................ 47.0% 30................ 47.5% 31................ 48.0% 32................ 48.5% 33................ 49.0% 34................ 49.5% 35................ 50.0% 36................ 50.5% 37................ 51.0% 38................ 51.5% 39................ 52.0% 40................ 52.5% 41................ 53.0% 42................ 53.5% 43................ 54.0% 44................ 54.5% 45 or more........ 55.0% |
(c) Any Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date with less than 15 years of Credited Service and who elects the Life Annuity Option shall be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income equal to 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's months of Credited Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, but not in excess of 180. The denominator of the fraction is 180.
4.02 Early Retirement.
(a) Each Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least 15 years of Credited Service may elect early retirement. A Participant who takes early retirement shall receive a monthly Retirement Income in the form described in Article VI beginning on his Early Retirement Date.
(b) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who
elects to begin receiving his Retirement Income prior to his
Normal Retirement Date shall be determined in the same manner
as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under
Section 4.01, except that his Average Earnings and Credited
Service shall be calculated as of his Early Retirement Date.
Furthermore the Retirement Income computed above shall be
reduced by one-half of one percent (.005) for each complete
month that the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.
(c) The Committee may from time to time provide in its sole discretion that Participants who meet specified age and service requirements (or other applicable requirements established by the Committee) will be permitted to retire during specified periods and will receive a retirement benefit based on additional years of Credited Service and Vesting Service, without the reduction described in paragraph (b) above or based on other factors and adjustments as determined by the Committee. The Committee's decision will be described in Schedule E to this Plan. All such special retirements will be communicated to the affected Participants but shall have no effect to the extent such adjustments or other factors result in a retirement benefit that adversely affects the qualified status of the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(4).
4.03 Permanent Disability.
(a) This Section 4.03 shall apply to any Participant who is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993. Any Participant who is not in active Employment with an Employer on or after January 1, 1993, (including any Participant who is not in active Employment on such date but who has a Termination Date before, on, or after January 1, 1993) and who becomes Permanently Disabled is governed by the provisions of the Prior Plan and not this Plan.
(b) A Participant who prior to his cessation of active Employment:
(i) completes one year of Credited Service and (ii) becomes
Permanently Disabled shall be entitled to the provisions of
this Section 4.03. If a Participant has not completed one year
of Credited Service prior to his cessation of active
Employment, the Participant shall not be entitled to a
Retirement Income under this Plan. If the Participant becomes
Permanently Disabled after his cessation of active Employment,
the Participant's Retirement Income, if any, shall be
determined in accordance with Sections 4.01, 4.02 or 4.05.
(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who is
Permanently Disabled shall be determined in the same manner as
his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under
Section 4.01 assuming the Participant continued to earn
Credited Service (subject to the rules of Section 2.16(g)) and
Vesting Service (subject to the rules of Section 2.50(g)) and
assuming the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date of
his Permanent Disability remained unchanged.
(d) If a Participant has earned at least 15 years of Credited
Service and the Participant has attained age 55, the
Participant may elect to receive Disability Retirement
benefits prior to his Normal Retirement Date. If the
Participant receives benefits prior to his Normal Retirement
Date, his Retirement Income shall be computed as provided in
Section 4.05(d) including a reduction of the Participant's
Retirement Income for each complete month that the
Participant's Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal
Retirement Date.
(e) If the Participant ceases to be Permanently Disabled prior to
the commencement of benefits under this Plan, the Participant
shall nevertheless receive Credited Service and Vesting
Service until the earlier of (i) the date the Participant
ceased to be Permanently Disabled or (ii) the date described
in Section 2.16(g) (definition of Credited Service) or Section
2.50(g) (definition of Vesting Service).
(f) If a Participant described in paragraph (b) dies prior to the commencement of benefits under this Plan and while he is Permanently Disabled, the Participant's Spouse shall be entitled to a Spouse's benefit pursuant to Article V based upon the Participant's Credited Service and Vesting Service prior to his death and based on the Participant's Average Earnings in effect prior to his Permanently Disability.
4.04 Delayed Retirement.
(a) After the Effective Date, any Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age may remain in the active employ of the Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Age, provided, however, that an Employee may not remain in the active employ of the Employer if the Employer can, under the terms of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, require the Employee to retire at his Normal Retirement Age and the Employer wishes the Employee to do so.
(b) A Participant who retires on his Delayed Retirement Date is entitled to receive a Retirement Income beginning on his Delayed Retirement Date payable in monthly installments.
(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable at a Participant's Delayed Retirement Date will be paid in the form described in Article VI. Such Retirement Income shall be the greater of the following amounts:
(i) The Retirement Income payable to the Participant determined in the same manner as his Normal Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.01, but using the Participant's Average
Earnings and Credited Service as of his Delayed Retirement Date, or
(ii) The Retirement Income the Participant would have received assuming the Participant had retired on his Normal Retirement Date actuarially increased from the Participant's Normal Retirement Date to the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date. For this purpose, the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date shall be deemed to be such Participant's birthday which is coincident with or immediately preceding the Participant's actual Delayed Retirement Date.
(d) The Retirement Income computed under Section 4.04(c) shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement Income previously paid to the Participant under Section 6.03 (mandatory distributions after age 70-1/2) to the extent permitted by Code Section 411(b)(1)(H)(iii)).
4.05 Termination of Employment.
(a) A Participant who terminates Employment with the Employer prior to his Retirement and prior to the completion of three years of Vesting Service shall not be entitled to receive any Retirement Income under the Plan.
(b) A Participant with at least three years of Vesting Service who terminates his Employment for any reason other than his Retirement or death shall be entitled to the monthly Retirement Income described below payable in accordance with Article VI commencing on his Normal Retirement Date (provided he is then alive).
(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant described in Section 4.05(b) or to any Participant who makes the election described in Section 4.05(d) shall equal the product of (1) and (2), where:
(1) is such Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Termination Date; and
(2) is the applicable percentage based on completed years of Vesting Service in accordance with the following table:
Complete Years of Vesting Service Percent of Monthly at Termination Date Benefit Payable ------------------- ------------------ Less than 3 0% 3 20% 4 40% 5 60% 6 80% 7 or more 100% |
(d) Upon attaining age 55, a Participant who has completed at least 15 years of Credited Service as of his Termination Date may elect to receive a monthly Retirement Income commencing on his Early Retirement Date or on the first day of any month after his Early Retirement Date but in no event later than his Normal Retirement Date, whichever the Participant elects. Such Retirement Income shall be computed in the same manner his Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.05(c) (but by taking into account the reduction for each complete month that the commencement of such benefits precedes the Participant's Normal Retirement Date as set forth in Section 4.02). An election to receive benefits under this paragraph shall be in writing on such form as the Committee may prescribe and shall be delivered to the Committee not later than 60 days prior to the date such Participant desires payments to commence in accordance with this paragraph.
(e) If a Participant terminates his Employment on account of death, any benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be determined in accordance with Article V.
(f) A Participant who has a Termination Date prior to completing 3 years of Vesting Service shall, upon such Termination Date, be deemed to have received an immediate lump sum payout of his or her entire Accrued Benefit and the Participant's non-vested Accrued Benefit shall be immediately forfeited. However, if such Participant is rehired before incurring a Break in Service, the Participant shall again be credited with the Accrued Benefit previously forfeited.
4.06 Suspension of Benefits.
(a) This Section 4.06 shall apply to any Participant who has a Termination Date under the provisions of this Plan, (ii) was receiving or was entitled to receive Retirement Income hereunder and returns to Employment with Employer, and (iii) is anticipated to receive Credited Service hereunder after his reemployment. Such Participant shall be subject to the following provisions:
(1) The Participant shall not be entitled to receive (if payments were being made) during such period of reemployment any Retirement Income to which the Participant might otherwise be entitled to receive under this Plan; provided, however, that Retirement Income will not be suspended if it is anticipated that the Participant will not normally accrue 1000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year after reemployment;
(2) The Participant shall be treated like any other Participant who terminated Employment and was rehired (ignoring the fact that he may have retired and was receiving Retirement Income) and for all purposes under the Plan shall be given credit for Credited Service and Vesting Service earned after reemployment and prior to his subsequent Termination Date. The period during which he was retired or was not employed by the Employer shall not be included as Credited Service or Vesting Service.
(3) If the Participant dies during the time of his reemployment and such Employee had previously received Retirement Income, then any death benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be determined under the form of payment previously elected by the Participant pursuant to Article VI, after recomputing the Participant's Retirement Income as described in subparagraph (4) below. If the Participant had not previously received Retirement Income, then any death benefit shall be determined under Article V of the Plan (after recomputing the Participant's Credited Service, Vesting Service and Earnings before and after his reemployment). The death benefits so determined shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent value of any Retirement Income previously received by the Participant.
(4) The Retirement Income payable on the Participant's subsequent termination of Employment shall be made under the form of payment in effect (if any) prior to his reemployment and shall equal the greater of (i) or (ii) below. However, a Participant's Accrued Benefit earned after his Normal Retirement Age shall not be offset
by more than the amounts permissible under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(b)-2(b)(4) or any successor regulation thereto.
(i) The Retirement Income payable to the Participant determined in accordance with Article IV based upon his Average Earnings before his prior termination of Employment and after his rehire (to the extent permitted under the definition of Average Earnings) and by aggregating his Credited Service and Vesting Service before his prior termination of Employment with his Credited Service and Vesting Service after his rehire. The Retirement Income so determined shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement Income previously paid to the Participant.
(ii) The monthly Retirement Income the Participant was receiving or was entitled to receive prior to his termination of Employment. However, if the Participant's Retirement Income was suspended during his period of reemployment and the Participant does not receive written notification of the suspension of benefits as required by regulations described in paragraph (b) below AND such reemployment included Hours of Service after the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be actuarially increased for the period of time beginning on the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Date or the date the Participant's Retirement Income was suspended and ending on the date his Retirement Income resumes.
(b) Conflict with Suspension of Benefit Regulations. In no event shall the determination under this Section 4.06 as to when a reemployed Participant's Retirement Income may be suspended be less favorable to the Participant than the rules set forth in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 4.06 and said Regulation, the provisions of said Regulation shall prevail.
4.07 Reduction of Benefit in Certain Cases.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Participant who reaches his Termination Date as an Eligible Employee and who was during any period of his Employment a member of a collective bargaining unit whose employees were, during such period, covered by a retirement, pension plan or group contract to which Employer contributed or is responsible (other than this Plan) which is qualified or intended to qualify
under Section 401(a) of the Code shall be entitled to a Retirement Income computed in accordance with the following rules: (1) Such Participant shall receive Credited Service and Vesting Service for all actual service in the employ of the Employer in accordance with the rules of Section 2.16 (definition of Credited Service) and Section 2.50 (definition of Vesting Service) and for purposes of Section 2.16(c) there shall be included as Credited Service any service during any period in which such Participant was a member of a collective bargaining unit whose employees were, during such period, covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributed (other than this Plan). (2) The amount of the benefit to which such Participant is entitled shall be computed in accordance with 4.01, 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05 or Article V (whichever is applicable), but shall be reduced on an Actuarial Equivalent basis by 100% of the value of any retirement, termination, disability, or death benefits payable to such Participant from such other retirement or pension plan which are attributable to the contributions of Employer. The Committee shall be empowered to adopt rules which shall be applied on a uniform basis to all Employees similarly situated for the determination of benefits under this Section 4.07. (b) Any Participant who is granted Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes for any period of employment with any predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer or during any period of employment with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a Participating Employer shall be entitled to a benefit the amount of which shall be computed in accordance with 4.0l, 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4,05 or Article V (whichever is applicable) but shall be reduced on an Actuarial Equivalent basis by 100% of the value of any retirement, termination, disability, or death benefits received or payable from the pension or retirement plan of such predecessor business or of such Participating Employer. 4.08 Increase in Benefits for Retired Participants. The Committee may from time to time declare an increase in the monthly Retirement Income payable to retired Participants, Spouses, or Beneficiaries by reason of a former Participant's taking Early, Normal, or Delayed Retirement during any given calendar year designated by the Company. The class of former Participants to whom such increase applies; the amount of such increase; the time when such increase becomes effective; and any other relevant information shall from time to time be set forth on the records of the Committee. -27- |
4.09 Minimum Benefit of Prior Plans. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Plan, in no event shall any Participant's Retirement Income under this Plan be less than the Participant's benefit that he had accrued under the terms of any Predecessor Plan prior to January 1, 1984 4.10 Change in Control (a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Participant who (i) has a Termination Date during the five-year period beginning on the date on which a Change in Control occurs and (ii) at the time of such Termination Date had attained age 55 with 15 years of Credited Service may elect to receive a lump sum distribution of his Accrued Benefit. (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the value of a lump sum distribution under this Section will be determined based on the Applicable Mortality Table and the Applicable Interest Rate, which shall mean the following: (1) Applicable Mortality Table shall have that meaning as defined in Section 2.03 ("Actuarial Equivalent"). |
(2) Applicable Interest Rate shall mean the lesser of
(i) The "Applicable Interest Rate" as defined in
Section 2.03 ("Actuarial Equivalent") or
(ii) The annual rate of interest on 10-year Treasury notes for the month of October that precedes the beginning of the Plan Year in which such distribution occurs.
(c) Change in Control shall mean,
(1) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2)
of the 1934 Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under
the 1934 Act) of 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of
Genuine Parts entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the "Outstanding Company
Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for
purposes of this subsection (1), the following
acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of
Control: (i) any acquisition by a Person who is on
the date hereof the beneficial owner of 20% or more
of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, (ii)
any acquisition directly from Genuine Parts, (iii)
any acquisition by Genuine Parts, (iv) any
acquisition by any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Genuine Parts or any corporation controlled by Genuine Parts, or (v) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.11(c)(3); or
(2) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Genuine Parts' shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(3) Consummation of a reorganization, merger,
consolidation or share exchange or sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of Genuine Parts (a "Business Combination"), in each
case, unless, following such Business Combination,
(i) all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities who were the beneficial owners of the
Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately
prior to such Business Combination beneficially own,
directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined
voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors of the corporation resulting from such
Business Combination (including, without limitation,
a corporation which as a result of such transaction
owns Genuine Parts or all or substantially all of
Genuine Parts' assets either directly or through one
or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to
such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company
Voting Securities, and (ii) no Person (excluding any
corporation resulting from such Business Combination
or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of
Genuine Parts or such corporation resulting from such
Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or
indirectly, 20% or more of the combined voting power
of the then outstanding voting securities of such
corporation except to the extent that such ownership
existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii)
at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the corporation resulting from such
Business Combination were members of the Incumbent
Board at the time of
the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(4) Approval by the shareholders of Genuine Parts of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Genuine Parts.
(d) This Section 4.10 shall be effective July 1, 2001.
ARTICLE V
DEATH BENEFITS
5.01 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.
(a) Except as provided in Section 5.02, if a married Participant
with three (3) or more years of Vesting Service dies prior to
his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Spouse shall be
entitled to a monthly Retirement Income known as a
"Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity." The amount of the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined under
Section 5.01(b) or (c), whichever is applicable. The
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall commence as of the date
determined under Section 5.01(e).
(b) If the Participant dies after his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant would have received assuming the Participant had retired on the day before his death and elected to receive his Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.
(c) If the Participant dies on or before his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant would have received assuming the Participant (i) had separated from service on his Termination Date; (ii) had survived until his Earliest Retirement Age; (iii) had retired on his Earliest Retirement Age and elected to receive his Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity; and (iv) had died on the next day.
(d) Notwithstanding (b) and (c) above, if during the 90 day period preceding the Participant's Annuity Starting Date the Participant had elected (with spousal consent) to receive a Joint and Last Survivor Option (as described in Section 6.02) with his Spouse as his Beneficiary, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined assuming the Participant had retired under the Joint and Last Survivor Option instead of the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.
(e) The Spouse may elect to receive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commencing as of the date of the Participant's deemed Retirement or as of the first day of any succeeding month. In no event will the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence later than the date the Participant would have attained his Normal Retirement Date or the first day of the month following the Participant's death, if later. The monthly Retirement Income of a delayed Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commencing as of the
date of the Participant's deemed Retirement. If the Spouse dies prior to the commencement of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, no monthly Retirement Income payments shall be made under this Section 5.01. (f) If the Participant does not have three years of Vesting Service at the time of his death, if the Participant dies without a Spouse, or if the Participant dies after his Annuity Starting Date, neither the Participant's Spouse nor the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to Retirement Income under this Section 5.01. 5.02 GPC Death Benefit Plan. The Company established a self-funded death benefit (the "GPC Death Benefit"). If a surviving Spouse is otherwise entitled to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the surviving Spouse may waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity and in lieu thereof elect the GPC Death Benefit (if otherwise available under the terms of the GPC Death Benefit). It is the purpose of this Section 5.02 that if an individual receives the GPC Death Benefit, no Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable under this Plan. 5.03 Death After Normal Retirement Date but Prior to Delayed Retirement Date. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Participant who remains in Employment after his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to elect an optional death benefit in lieu of the death benefits provided under Sections 5.01 or 5.02. The Participant shall elect such optional death benefit by selecting one of the following options on a form provided by the Plan Administrator for such purpose. (i) A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that would have been paid to the Participant's Beneficiary assuming the Participant had retired on the first day of the month preceding his death and had elected to receive Retirement Income under the Ten Years Certain and Life Option (See Section 6.02(a)(i)). Such death benefit shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for a period of ten years commencing on the first day of the month following the Participant's death. (ii) A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that would have been paid to the Participant's Beneficiary assuming the Participant had retired on the first day of the month preceding his death and had elected to receive Retirement Income under the Joint and Last Survivor Option (See Section 6.02(a)(ii)) with the Participant's Beneficiary receiving 50%, 75%, or 100% (as designated by the Participant) of the monthly Retirement Income payable to the -32- |
Participant during the Participant's lifetime. Such death benefit will be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the Beneficiary's lifetime beginning on the first day of the month following the Participant's death. (b) A married Participant's election of the optional death benefit provided by this Section 5.03 shall be void unless the Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity) consents in writing on a form provided by the Plan Administrator in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant's election of such optional death benefit. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent and must specifically state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any, selected by the Participant. However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's election as an election for which spousal consent was obtained. A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable. (c) A married Participant may revoke his election of the optional death benefit provided by this Section 5.03 at any time prior to his Delayed Retirement Date. Furthermore, the Participant's election to receive such optional death benefit shall cease to be valid upon the remarriage of the Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to such optional death benefit. If the Participant revokes his election or if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, any death benefit payable to the Participant's Spouse shall be determined pursuant to Section 5.01. 5.04 Death On or After the Annuity Starting Date. Neither the Participant's Spouse nor the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Retirement Income under this Article V if the Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date. Instead, any benefit payable to the Participant's Spouse or Beneficiary will be determined pursuant to Article VI. 5.05 Purchase of Insurance Policies. The Committee may in its discretion direct the Trustee to purchase life insurance policies on the lives of Participants in amounts not exceeding the death benefits herein provided. Any policy so purchased shall name the Trustee as the beneficiary and owner thereof. The Committee shall select the Insurer or Insurers providing any such policies, establish the terms and conditions thereof, and the premiums payable therefor. The Committee shall furnish the Trustee with properly completed application forms for its signature. The Committee shall -33- |
instruct the Trustee in all matters pertaining to any policy issued hereunder, including inter alia, the application of any dividends payable on any policy. If the Committee shall so direct, the Trustee shall enter into agreements in such form as the Committee shall direct with an Insurer whereby the Insurer retains custody of any insurance policies issued hereunder. 5.06 Lump Sum Distribution to Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator shall pay a Spouse or Beneficiary his or her Retirement Income under this Article V in a single lump sum in lieu of the Spouse's or Beneficiary's monthly Retirement Income, provided the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Spouse's or Beneficiary's monthly Retirement Income payments is $5,000 or less. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, payment of any such lump sum shall act as a complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to provide any benefit to the Spouse or any Beneficiary. This provision is effective January 1, 2002 and applies to any Spouse and Beneficiary whose Annuity Starting Date has not commenced as of January 1, 2002. |
ARTICLE VI
OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME
6.01 Automatic Forms of Payment. If a Participant does not have a Spouse on his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under the Life Annuity Option described below unless the Participant otherwise elects under Section 6.02. If a Participant has a Spouse on his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity described below unless the Participant (with spousal consent) otherwise elects under Section 6.02. (a) Life Annuity Option is a monthly Retirement Income payable during the Participant's lifetime, with payments ceasing upon the Participant's death. (b) Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity is a monthly Retirement Income equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life Annuity Option. The Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant for his life, and upon the Participant's death, 50% of such Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant's Spouse for the Spouse's life. Such Retirement Income shall cease on the later of the death of the Participant or the death of the Participant's Spouse. 6.02 Optional Forms of Payment. (a) Within 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Participant may elect to receive any of the following optional forms of payment in lieu of the automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01. In addition, a married Participant may designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary to receive the Retirement Income, if any, that is payable upon such Participant's death. (i) Ten Years Certain and Life Option is a monthly Retirement Income equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life Annuity Option. The Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant during his lifetime and, in the event of the Participant's death within a period of ten years after the commencement of benefits, the same monthly amount shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary for the remainder of such ten-year period. (ii) Joint and Last Survivor Option is a monthly Retirement Income equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life Annuity -35- |
Option. The Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant for his life, and upon the Participant's death, a designated percentage (100%, 75%, or 50%) of the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable to the Participant's Beneficiary for the Beneficiary's life. Such Retirement Income shall cease on the later of the death of the Participant or the death of the Participant's Beneficiary. (b) A married Participant's election to receive an optional form of payment or to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary shall be valid only if the Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the written explanation described in Section 6.02(d)) consents in writing on a form provided by the Committee in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant's election. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent and must specifically state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any, selected by the Participant. However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's election as an election for which spousal consent was obtained. A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph shall be irrevocable. (c) A Participant may revoke his election of an optional form of payment or make a new election (provided any required spousal consent is obtained) at any time prior to his Annuity Starting Date. Furthermore, the Participant's election shall cease to be valid upon the marriage of the Participant or upon the remarriage of the Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to the Participant's election. If the Participant revokes his election or if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under the applicable automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01. (d) Prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator shall provide an election form on which the Participant may elect an optional form of benefit. In addition to the election form, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant a written explanation of the applicable automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01 and the optional forms of payment described in Section 6.02(a). Such explanation should describe the circumstances under which Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity will be provided, and an explanation of the financial effect of electing not to have such form. Furthermore, the written explanation shall provide a general description of the eligibility conditions (if any) and other material features of the optional forms of payment including sufficient information regarding the relative values of the optional forms of payment -36- |
and the automatic form of payment. If payment is scheduled to commence prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the written explanation must also inform the Participant of his right to defer receipt of the distribution until his Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant makes a request for additional information that is received 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, such information must be furnished within 30 days. The Participant will then be entitled to a 90-day period in which to make or change an election, even if such 90-day period extends beyond the Participant's Annuity Starting Date and, in such case, the Participant's first payment shall be made after such election form has been received, on a retroactive basis, if necessary. (e) If the Participant elects the Joint and Last Survivor Option and the Participant's Beneficiary dies prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's election shall be null and void and, unless the Participant makes another election or selects another Beneficiary (with spousal consent if required), the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable in accordance with the applicable automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01. (f) If the Participant elects the Ten Year Certain and Life Option and the Participant's Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's Spouse, if living, otherwise to the Participant's descendants who shall take per stirpes. If there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. (g) An "alternate payee" may, pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations order" (as such terms are defined in Code Section 414(p)), receive a distribution in the form of a Life Annuity Option or in the form of any optional form of benefit described in this Section 6.02(a). However, neither an alternate payee nor the alternate payee's spouse may receive a distribution in the form of a Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity or in any other form prohibited by applicable law. (h) Notwithstanding the notice and election periods described in this Section 6.02, the written explanation described in Section 6.02(d) (and Section 417(a)(3)(A) of the Code) may be provided after the Annuity Starting Date. The 90-day applicable election period to waive the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity shall not end before the 30th day after the date on which such explanation is provided. This provision shall be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 417(a)(7)(A) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. A Participant may elect (with any applicable spousal consent) to waive any requirement that the written explanation be provided at least 30 days -37- |
before the Annuity Starting Date (or waive the 30-day requirement under the preceding paragraph) if the distribution commences more than 7 days after such explanation is provided, as long as: (1) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity and; (2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant. This paragraph (h) shall be effective January 1, 2002. 6.03 Special Distribution Rules. (a) In no event may the payment of Retirement Income commence later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the |
Plan Year in which:
(i) the Participant attains age 65;
(ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in this Plan; or
(iii) the Participant's termination of Employment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to the Participant shall commence not later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. However, if a Participant is not a 5% owner of an Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's Retirement Income shall commence no later than April 1 following the calendar year in which he terminates his Employment. (The applicable commencement date described above, is referred to as the "required beginning date"). However, a Participant who is in active Employment, who is not a 5% owner and who attained age 70-1/2 after December 31, 1996 and prior to January 1, 1999, may elect to receive a distribution under this Section 6.03 prior to his or her Termination Date. This Section 6.03 shall be effective January 1, 1997.
(b) The entire interest of each Participant in this Plan will be distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning date described in paragraph (a) above, over the life of such Participant or over the lives of such Participant and his beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the
life expectancy of such Participant or the life expectancy of such Participant and his beneficiary).
(c) If distribution of a Participant's interest has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and if the Participant dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under paragraph (b) as of the date of the Participant's death.
(d) If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's interest has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the entire interest of the Participant must be distributed within five years after the death of the Participant unless
(i) any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to or for the benefit of his beneficiary;
(ii) such portion will be distributed over the life of the beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary); and
(iii) such distributions begin not later than one year after the date of the Participant's death or such later date as may be prescribed in Treasury regulations.
If the conditions stated in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are
met, then the portion referred to in clause (i) shall be
treated as distributed on the date on which distributions
begin. If the Beneficiary referred to in clause (i) above is
the surviving spouse of the Participant, then the date on
which the distributions are required to begin under clause
(iii) above shall not be earlier than the date on which the
Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, and if the
surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse
begin, this paragraph shall be applied as if the surviving
spouse were the Participant.
The Participant's Beneficiary may elect whether the
Participant's entire interest will be distributed within five
years of the Participant's death or pursuant to the provisions
of paragraphs (i) - (iii) above. Such election must be made
within the time limits described in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, C-4. If no election is made, the Plan
Administrator shall distribute the Participant's entire
interest pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (i) - (iii)
above.
6.04 Small Payments.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall pay a Participant's, Spouse's or Beneficiary's Retirement Income in a single lump sum if, as of the payment date, the Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Participants' vested Retirement Income is $5,000 or less and monthly Retirement Income payments to the Participant have not commenced. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, the payment of any such lump sum shall act as a complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to provide any benefit to the Participant, his Spouse, or any Beneficiary of such Participant or Spouse. In the event of the subsequent employment of a Participant who has received a single sum cash payment pursuant to this paragraph, such Participant shall continue to accrue a benefit under this Plan based on service before and after his date of reemployment subject to all the provisions of this Plan; provided, however, that any Retirement Income subsequently payable to the Participant and his Beneficiaries shall be reduced on an actuarial equivalent basis by the value of the single sum payment received under this paragraph. This Section 6.04 shall be effective January 1, 1998. 6.05 Application For Commencement of Benefits. A Participant must apply to have Retirement Income commence. The application must be on the form prescribed by the Committee, and must be filed with the Committee not more than 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date. Also see 6.02(h) for delayed elections. 6.06 Miscellaneous. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the amount of any Retirement Income computed under the Plan is other than an even dollar amount, then the amount of the Retirement Income payable shall be increased to the next larger even dollar amount. 6.07 Direct Rollover. (a) This section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover. |
(b) Definitions.
(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (iv) effective as of January 1, 2000, hardship withdrawals as defined in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV).
(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan
is an individual retirement account described in
Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement
annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code,
or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of
the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible
Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an
Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving
spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual
retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
(iii) Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.
(iv) Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.
(c) If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417
of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution
may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
provided that:
(i) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and (ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. (d) Application to Plan. Life Annuity payments, Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity payments, Ten Year Certain and Life Annuities and Joint and Last Survivor Annuities are not Eligible Rollovers and are not subject to the requirements of this Section 6.07. However, lump sum payments of small benefits and certain death benefits (if paid over a period of time less than 10 years) are subject to this Section 6.07 and may be directly rolled over to another Eligible Retirement Plan 6.08 Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a "qualified domestic relations order", as defined in Code Section 414(p), may provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be distributed immediately in a single lump sum or single life annuity even though the Participant is not yet entitled to a distribution under the Plan. The intent of this Section is to provide for the distribution of benefits to an alternate payee as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(g)(3). This Section 6.08 shall be effective January 1, 2000. |
ARTICLE VII
METHOD OF FINANCING
7.01 Establishment of Trust Fund. The Board shall designate a Trustee or Trustee(s) to serve as herein provided and Trust Agreement(s) shall be executed between the Employer and such Trustee(s). The Trust Agreement(s), the terms of which are incorporated by reference, shall govern the establishment of the Fund or Fund(s) from which the benefits provided by the Plan shall be paid. 7.02 Employer Contributions. The Employer shall contribute to the Fund from time to time such amounts as the Board or its designee shall determine, based upon the recommendations of an Actuary, in order to fund the benefits provided hereunder on an actuarially sound basis. All Employer contributions when made to the Fund and all property and funds of the Trust Fund, including income from investments and from all other sources, shall be retained for the exclusive benefits of Participants and Beneficiaries and shall be used to pay Retirement Income provided hereunder or to pay expenses of administration of the Plan and the Trust Fund provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Trustee from entering into agreement with an Insurer whereby the Insurer maintains custody of insurance policies in accordance with 5.04. Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by the Code and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, a contribution which was made by a mistake in fact, or conditioned upon the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a) or upon the deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution, the denial of the Plan's initial qualification, or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed) whichever is applicable. All contributions to the Plan are expressly made upon the assumption such contributions are fully deductible for federal income tax purposes. 7.03 Participant Contributions. No contributions shall be required of or permitted by any Participant under this Plan. 7.04 Miscellaneous. (a) Any actuarial gains arising from actuarial experience under the Plan shall be used to reduce the Employer contributions and will not be used to increase any benefits payable under this Plan. No forfeiture arising from severance of employment, death or for any other reason, shall be applied to increase the benefits any Participant would otherwise receive under the Plan at any time prior to the termination of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of Employer contributions hereunder, but all amounts so -43- |
forfeited shall be used as soon as possible to reduce the Employer contributions under the Plan. (b) No person shall have any interest in or right to the Fund or any part thereof, except as expressly provided in the Plan. |
ARTICLE VIII
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
8.01 Named Fiduciaries.
(a) The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan:
(1) The Board;
(2) The Trustee(s);
(3) The Committee; and
(4) The Insurer.
(b) The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties hereinafter expressly enumerated and shall have no other powers and duties under the Plan. In discharging their powers and duties hereunder, the Fiduciaries shall act in accordance with the Standard of Fiduciary Duty set forth in 8.07.
8.02 Board of Directors.
(a) The Board shall have the following powers and duties with respect to the Plan:
(1) to formulate and to implement a funding policy designed to produce sufficient funds to discharge when due all obligations of the Plan with respect to the benefits provided hereunder;
(2) to cause the Employer to make contributions to the
Plan pursuant to the funding policy and based on the
recommendations of the Actuary in such amounts as are
necessary to fund the Plan on a basis permitted under
Section 302 of the Act;
(3) to appoint and remove the members of the Committee as provided herein; and
(4) to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant to the procedures provided hereunder.
(b) The Executive Committee of the Board or its designee shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan. (However, see 8.06(c) for certain amendment powers granted to the Committee). (c) The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan. 8.03 Trustee(s). The Trustee(s) shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to the Trustee(s) as set forth in the Trust Agreement(s). The Trustee(s) shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan. (See Section 2.52 and Schedule C.) 8.04 Insurer. An Insurer which issues an insurance policy under 5.04 shall perform its obligations under any such policy in accordance with the terms thereof. An Insurer which agrees to maintain custody of such policies in accordance with 5.04 shall hold and safeguard such policies subject to the provisions of the written agreement with the Trustee. The Insurer shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan. 8.05 Pension and Benefits Committee. (a) The Committee shall consist of not less than three individuals who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. Any Participant, officer, former officer or director of any Employer shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the Committee and all members shall serve as such without compensation. Upon termination of his employment with such Employer or upon termination of his position as a director, if not a Participant or former officer, he shall cease to be a member of the Committee. The Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall have the right to remove any member of the Committee at any time. A member may resign at any time by written notice to the Committee and the Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. If a vacancy in the Committee should occur, a successor shall be appointed by the Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. The Committee shall by written notice keep the Trustee notified of current membership of the Committee, its officers and agents. The Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature card for each member of the Committee and for all purposes hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely upon such certified signatures. (b) The Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from among the members of the -46- |
Committee. All resolutions, determinations and other actions shall be by a majority vote of all members of the Committee. The Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the effective performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee deems expedient or appropriate. The compensation of such agents shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall compensation be paid if such payment violates the provisions of Section 406 of the Act and is not exempted from such prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act. (c) The Committee shall have complete control of the administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan. In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee shall have the following specific powers and responsibilities: (1) to construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the Plan; (2) to decide all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in and to receive benefits under the Plan and Trust Agreement; (3) to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled; (4) to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, which notice shall set forth the specific reasons for such denial (written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary); and to provide a procedure for affording a reasonable opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for benefits has been denied, a full and fair review by the Committee of the decision denying the claim; (5) to keep records of all acts and determinations of the Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan; (6) to prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under the Plan, -47- |
including, but not limited to, all information which is required to be distributed by the Act, the regulations thereunder, or by any other applicable law; (7) to file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and additional documents as may be required by the Act and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not limited to, a plan description, summary plan description, modifications and changes, annual reports, terminal reports and supplementary reports; (8) to file with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation all reports and information required to be filed by the Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued under each; (9) to do all things necessary to operate and administer the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in compliance with applicable provisions of federal law; (10) to amend certain portions of this Plan as specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan to comply with changes in law recommended by legal counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax qualified status of the Plan and to make other amendments to the Plan that do not materially increase the costs associated with the plan.; and |
(11) to appoint and remove the Trustee(s).
(d) Miscellaneous. To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information of all matters relating to the compensation and length of service of all Participants, their retirement, death or other cause of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Committee shall advise the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the administration of the Plan. The Committee and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved by the Company. The Committee, the Employer and its officers and the Trustee, shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any actuary, accountant or attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.
8.06 Standard of Fiduciary Duty. Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge his duties solely in the interests of the Participants end Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the Act. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction which is prohibited by Sections 406 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section 4975 of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder. 8.07 Indemnification of Committee. To the extent permitted under the Act, the Plan shall indemnify the Board, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the Committee against any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to the Plan. The Employer shall indemnify the Committee, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the members of the Board against any personal liability or cost not provided for in the preceding sentence which they may incur as a result of any act or omission in relation to the Plan or its Participants. The Employer may purchase fiduciary liability insurance to insure its obligation under this Section. 8.08 Claims Procedure. Any Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, Spouse or legal representative thereof (hereinafter referred to as "Claimant"), may file a claim for benefits under the Plan by submitting to the Committee a written statement describing the nature of the claim and requesting a determination of its validity under the terms of the Plan. All applications for benefits must be submitted within the "applicable limitations period." The "applicable limitations period" shall be two years, beginning on (i) the date on which the payment was made, or (ii) for all other claims, the date on which the action complained or grieved of occurred. Within sixty (60) days after the date such claim is received by the Committee, it shall issue a ruling with respect to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time -49- |
delay the Committee's decision on such appeal beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request. If the claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice shall be furnished to the claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be |
understood by the Claimant:
(a) the specific reason or reasons for denial;
(b) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(d) an explanation of the claims review procedures.
Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal such denial by submitting to the Committee a written statement requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days of the date the Claimant receives a notice of such denial. Such statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the reason such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to the claim.
If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for examination by the Claimant.
Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits and the reasons therefor and notify the claimant of its final decision.
If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request.
Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The decision of the Committee on any claim for benefits shall be final and conclusive upon all persons, and a Participant, or his Beneficiary or legal representative, shall not be permitted to bring suit at law or equity on an application without first exhausting the remedies available hereunder.
No action at law or in equity to recover under this Plan shall be commenced later than one year from the date of the decision on review (or if no decision is furnished within 120 days of receipt of the request for review, one year after the 120th day after receipt of the request for review). This Section 8.08 shall be effective January 1, 2002. Prior to such date, the claims procedure of the Prior Plan apply. 8.09 Appointment of Investment Manager. The Company, acting through its Chief Executive Officer or the Committee, may from time to time appoint (and remove) one or more investment fund managers (the "Investment Manager") who shall have the authority to direct investments to be made by the Trustee with respect to all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund. Any such Investment Managers must either be registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or be a bank, as defined in such Act. Any Investment Managers appointed under this Section shall acknowledge, in writing, its acceptance of such appointment and that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund subject to its investment direction. Upon receipt of written notice of the appointment of an Investment Manager, the Trustee shall perform such custodial and disbursing functions and ministerial acts relating to investments directed by the Investment Manager as may be required to carry out the administration of the Trust Fund but shall be relieved of all responsibility for investment or failure to invest that portion of the Trust Fund subject to investment direction by the Investment Manager during the period of appointment of such Investment Manager. |
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
9.01 Amendment of the Plan. The Compensation and Stock Option Committee or its designee (or the Committee to the extent permitted by Section 8.06(c)) shall have the right, at any time, to amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Fund held by the Trustee to be diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries; and further provided that no amendment shall have the effect of revesting in the Employer any portion of the Fund except such amounts as may, due to erroneous actuarial computation, remain in the Fund after termination of the Plan and after all liabilities under the Plan have been satisfied. 9.02 Termination of the Plan. (a) The Employer expects this Plan to be continued indefinitely but, of necessity, the right to terminate the Plan and its Contributions hereunder at any time with respect to its Employees is reserved by the Company. In the event that it becomes necessary to terminate or partially terminate the Plan, or there is a complete discontinuance of Employer contribution, then the Accrued Benefit of each Participant, to the extent funded, shall become fully vested and non-forfeitable as of the date of such termination or partial termination in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 9.02. (b) If the Company shall elect to terminate the Plan, the Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall give written notice of such fact to the Committee, thereafter the Committee shall wind up the affairs of the Plan and file all requests for determinations, notices of intent to terminate and terminal reports as may be required by the Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued thereunder. (c) In the event that the Plan shall be terminated or partially terminated, the Committee shall then allocate the assets of the Plan among the Employers and, with respect to each terminating Employer separately, shall arrange for the assets of the Plan (available to provide benefits) to be allocated among the Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with Section 4044 of the Act and regulations issued thereunder, in |
the following order:
(1) FIRST, in the case of benefits payable as an annuity
(A) To benefits which were being paid as of three years prior to the date of termination of the Plan, with the amount to be
allocated to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan in effect during the 5-year period preceding the date of termination under which such benefit would be the least,
(B) To benefits which would have been paid as of
three years prior to the date of termination
(i) if the Participant had retired prior to
the three-year period and (ii) if his
benefits had commenced (in the normal form
of annuity under the Plan) as of the
beginning of such three-year period, with
the amount to be allocated to each such
benefit determined under the provisions of
the Plan in effect during the five-year
period preceding the date of termination
under which the benefit would be the least.
(2) SECOND, to all other benefits guaranteed by the termination insurance provisions of Title IV of the Act (with the amount to be allocated to each such benefit determined without regard to the limitation contained in Section 4022(b)(5) of the Act on the amount of guaranteed non-forfeitable basic benefits), including those benefits which would have been guaranteed except for the limitation on coverage of a "substantial owner" under Section 4022(b)(6) of the Act.
(3) THIRD, to all other uninsured, non-forfeitable benefits under the Plan.
(4) FOURTH, to all other benefits under the Plan.
(d) If the assets available for allocation of any class specified above are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals within that class, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of present value (as of the termination date) of their respective benefits.
(e) The Committee shall then arrange for the Trustee to liquidate the assets held in the Fund which are applicable to each terminating Employer and shall secure from the Trustee a statement of the liquidated value of such assets. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Trustee to purchase from an insurance company an annuity contract or contracts which provides the benefits to which each Participant or Beneficiary is entitled. The Trustee shall distribute the assets in accordance with the directions of the Committee.
(f) Any residual assets of the Plan remaining after distribution in accordance with the preceding paragraphs shall be distributed to the Employer, provided:
(1) all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and Beneficiaries have been satisfied, and
(2) the distribution does not contravene any provision of law.
9.03 Restriction On Certain Benefits and Distributions.
(a) In the event the Plan is terminated, the benefits provided to
any Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited to a
benefit that is nondiscriminatory within the meaning of Code
Section 401(a)(4).
(b) The annual distribution to a Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee cannot exceed the annual payment under a Life Annuity (as defined in Section 6.01(a)) based on the Actuarial Equivalence of the Participant's Accrued Benefit and other benefits under the Plan.
(c) The restriction in Section 9.03(b) shall not apply under the following circumstances:
(i) After payment of the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee's Retirement Income, the value of the Plan's assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the value of the Plan's Current Liabilities.
(ii) The value of the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee's Retirement Income is less than one percent of the value of the Plan's Current Liabilities (determined before the distribution to the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee).
(iii) The value of benefits payable to the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee does not exceed the dollar amount of Code Section 411(a)(ii)(A) (currently $5,000).
(d) The restrictions of this Section 9.03 (including paragraphs
(a) and (b)) shall not apply if the Commissioner of Internal
Revenue or his/her delegate determines that such restrictions
are not necessary to prevent prohibited discrimination in
favor of Highly Compensated Employees in the event of an early
termination of the Plan.
(e) An Employee's otherwise restricted benefit may be distributed in full to the affected Employee if, prior to receipt of the Restricted Amount, the Employee enters into a written agreement with the Plan Administrator to
secure repayment to the Plan of the Restricted Amount. The Employee may secure repayment of the Restricted Amount upon distribution by:
(i) entering into an agreement for promptly depositing in escrow with an acceptable depository property having a fair market value equal to at least 125 percent of the Restricted Amount;
(ii) providing an acceptable bank letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 100 percent of the Restricted Amount;
(iii) posting an acceptable bond equal to at least 100 percent of the Restricted Amount. If the Employee elects to post bond, the bond will be furnished by an insurance company, bonding company or other surety for federal bonds; or
(iv) any combination of Options (i), (ii), or (iii); however, any combination that includes Option (i) shall be in an aggregate amount not less than 125 percent of the Restricted Amount.
The escrow arrangement under Option (i) may provide that an Employee may withdraw amounts in excess of 125 percent of the Restricted Amount. The escrow arrangement must provide that if the market value of the property in an escrow account falls below 110 percent of the remaining Restricted Amount, the Employee will deposit additional property to bring the value of the property held by the depository up to 125 percent of the Restricted Amount. The escrow arrangement may provide that Employee may have the right to receive any income from the property placed in escrow, subject to the Employee's obligation to deposit additional property, as set forth in the preceding sentence.
Where Option (i) is combined with Option (ii) and/or Option
(iii) to secure repayment, if the fair market value of the
property in the escrow account falls and causes the aggregate
value of the security to fall below 110 percent of the
Restricted Amount, then the Employee is obligated to deposit
additional property in the escrow account and/or increase the
value(s) of the letter of credit or bond so that the aggregate
value of the security equals at least 125 percent of the
Restricted Amount.
Where the participant elects to secure repayment of the Restricted Amount by a combination of Options (ii) and (iii), the aggregate value of the security shall equal at least 100 percent of the Restricted Amount. A surety or bank may release any liability on a bond or letter of credit in excess of 100 percent of the Restricted Amount.
If the Plan Administrator certifies to the depository, surety or bank that the Employee (or the Employee's estate) is no longer obligated to repay any Restricted Amount, a depository may redeliver to the Employee any property held under an escrow agreement, and a surety or bank may release any liability on an employee's bond or letter of credit.
(f) For the purposes of this Section 9.03, the following definitions shall apply:
(i) "Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean any member of the top 25 Highly Compensated Employees and highly compensated former employees (as defined in Code Section 414(q)(9)) with the greatest Compensation (as defined in Article XIV), in the current or any prior Plan Year (i.e., no more than twenty-five individuals shall be in this group).
(ii) "Current Liabilities" shall have that meaning contained in Code Section 412(l)(7).
(iii) "Restricted Amount" shall mean the excess of the amounts distributed to the employee (accumulated with reasonable interest) over the amounts that could have been distributed to the employee under the straight life annuity described in Section 6.01 (accumulated with reasonable interests).
(iv) "Retirement Income" shall have that meaning contained in Plan Article II and, in addition, loans in excess of the amount set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living employee, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the employee's life.
(g) This Section 9.03 is intended to comply with the provisions of Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b) or any successor regulation thereto, and the provisions of this Section 9.03 shall be so interpreted.
9.04 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer.
(a) The Committee shall determine which employers shall become Participating Employers within the terms of the Plan. In order for the Committee to designate an Employer as a Participating Employer, the Committee must approve the addition of the Participating Employer's identity to Schedule A (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier effective date). The Committee may also specify such terms and conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the Participating Employer as the Board deems appropriate. With the Committee's consent,
a Participating Employer may limit participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees.
The Committee shall maintain a schedule, Schedule A and Schedule B, attached to the plan document, listing Participating Employers, groups of Employees designated as participating in the Plan by those Participating Employers, and the effective date of designation (the "Designation Date") as a Participating Employer. Such Schedule shall specify the extent, if any, to which service with the Participating Employer prior to the Designation Date shall qualify as Credited Service or Vesting Service hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Employee whose termination of employment precedes the Designation Date shall be entitled to any benefits hereunder.
(b) The plan of the Participating Employer and of the Company shall be considered a single plan for purposes of Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. All assets contributed to the Plan by the Participating Employer shall be held in a single fund together with the assets contributed by the Company (and with the assets of any other Participating Employers); and so long as the Participating Employer continues to be designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be available to pay benefits to all eligible employees and beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether such Employees are employed by the Company or by the Participating Employer. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting for assets contributed by the Company and the Participating Employers for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the Committee or the holding of plan assets in more than one Trust Fund with more than one Trustee.
(c) So long as the Participating Employer's designation as such remains in effect, the Participating Employer shall be bound by, and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Committee and no Participating Employer shall have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement adopted by the Committee, Compensation or Stock Option Committee or Board shall be binding upon every Participating Employer without further action by such Participating Employer.
(d) So long as each Participating Employer shall be designated as such pursuant to Section 9.04(a), such Participating Employer shall be liable for its pro rata share of the contribution deemed necessary by the Actuary to fund the Plan on an acceptable basis in accordance with Title I, Section 302 and Title II, Section 1013 of the Act. The total contribution required each year to fund the Plan shall be apportioned among the Company and
the Participating Employers based upon the advice of the Actuary and subject to such Treasury or Labor regulations as may be from time to time applicable.
(e) No Participating Employer other than the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan. However, any Participating Employer may withdraw from the Plan by action of its Board of Directors provided such action is communicated in writing to the Committee. The withdrawal of a Participating Employer shall be effective as of the December 31st following receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee consents to a different effective date). In addition, the Committee may terminate the designation of a Participating Employer to be effective on such date as the Committee specifies. Any such Participating Employer which ceases to be a Participating Employer shall be liable for all cost accrued through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination. In the event of the withdrawal or termination of a Participating Employer as provided in this paragraph, such Employer shall have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
10.01 Headings. The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 10.02 Governing Law. The Plan shall be construed and enforced and all provisions thereof administered in accordance with the Act and to the extent not governed by the Act in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. 10.03 Spendthrift Clause. Except as provided (1) in the terms of a "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in Code Section 414(p), (2) by the terms of a judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C) entered into on or after January 1, 2002, or (3) to the extent otherwise required or permitted by law, none of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of the Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, or to any legal process by any creditor of such Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary, and none of them shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan except to the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary. If any Participant shall attempt to dispose of the benefits provided for him hereunder, or to dispose of the right to receive such benefits, or in the event there should be an effort to seize such benefits or the right to receive such benefits by attachment, execution or other legal or equitable process, such right may pass and be transferred, at the discretion of the Committee, to such one or more as may be appointed by the Committee from among the Beneficiaries, if any, theretofore designated by the Participant, or from the spouse, children or other dependents of the Participant, in such shares as the Committee may appoint. Any appointment so made by the Committee may be revoked by it at any time and further appointment made by it which may include the Participant. 10.04 Legally Incompetent; Minors. If any Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary is a minor, or, in the judgment of the Committee, is otherwise legally incapable of personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for any payment due him hereunder, the Committee may, unless and until claim shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian or -59- |
committee of such person, direct that such payment or any part thereof be made to such person's spouse, child, parent, brother or sister, or other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for or assumed responsibility for the expenses of such person. 10.05 Discrimination. The Employer, through the Committee, shall administer the Plan in a uniform and consistent manner with respect to all Participants and shall not permit discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. 10.06 Claims. Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee, Committee and the Employer, any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary or legal representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the Committee or the Employer, as the case may be. 10.07 Compliance With Applicable Laws. The Employer, through the Committee, shall interpret and administer the Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall remain in compliance with the Code, with the Act, and all other applicable laws, regulations and revenue rulings. 10.08 Merger. In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan then terminated) a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit such Participant would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (assuming that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger, consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment of the Act. 10.09 Forfeiture of Benefits Where Recipient Cannot be Located. (a) Except as provided in Section 10.09(b) below, if the Plan may distribute a Participant's Accrued Benefit and the Employer has been unable to locate said Participant or his Beneficiary after taking such actions as are prudent under the circumstances to locate the Participant or Beneficiary, the Committee shall declare the Accrued Benefit to be a forfeiture. -60- |
(b) Should a Participant or Beneficiary whose benefit has been forfeited under the provisions of Section 10.09(a) later be located, the Committee shall immediately direct the Trustee to commence payment of benefits to said Participant or his Beneficiary, according to the terms of the Plan. The Employer shall make up any resultant deficiency in the Trust Fund as soon as possible thereafter. 10.10 Qualified Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). It is the intent of this Section 10.10 to adopt the IRS model amendment set forth in Rev. Proc. 96-49 for the purposes set forth in such revenue procedure. 10.11 Use of Electronic Media. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan may fulfill any notice, election, consent, disclosure, or other requirement using electronic media, to the extent permitted by relevant guidance from the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor. Electronic media includes, but is not limited to, e-mail, Internet, intranet systems, voice response, telephone, or other paperless systems. Accordingly, any requirement in the Plan or applicable law or regulations that a particular action be done in writing may be fulfilled electronically, to the extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor. This Section 10.11 shall be effective January 1, 2002. |
ARTICLE XI
RESERVED
ARTICLE XII
TOP-HEAVY RULES
12.01 General Rule. If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy, the provisions of this Article will supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan. 12.02 Definitions. (a) Top-Heavy: The Plan shall be Top-Heavy for the Plan Year if, as of the Determination Date, the present value of the Accrued Benefits attributable to Key Employees exceeds 60% of the present value of all Accrued Benefits under the Plan. If the Employer maintains more than one plan, all plans in which any Key Employee participates and all plans which enable this Plan to satisfy the antidiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined with this Plan ("required aggregation group") for the purposes of applying the 60% test described in the preceding sentence. Plans maintained by the Employer which are not in the required aggregation group may be combined at the Employer's discretion with this Plan for the purposes of determining Top-Heavy status if the combined plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4). If the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan which is aggregated with this Plan, the account balances of participants under the defined contribution plan shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that plan and combined with Accrued Benefits under this Plan for the purpose of applying the 60% test described in the first sentence of this paragraph. In determining the present value of Participant Accrued Benefits, all distributions made during the five year period ending on the Determination Date shall be included. The Accrued Benefit of (i) any employee who at one time was a Key Employee but who is not a Key Employee for the Plan Year ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) any employee who has received no Compensation from the Employer or a related employer maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the five years immediately preceding the Determination Date shall be disregarded in determining Top-Heavy status. For the purposes of this subsection, a Participant rollover shall be included in the present value of Participant Accrued Benefits except to the extent that the rollover was received in a transaction consummated after December 31, 1983 which was initiated by the Participant and the amount -63- |
received is attributable to a distribution or transfer from the plan of an employer which is unrelated to the Employer. Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in the required aggregation group, is Top-Heavy, the Accrued Benefit of an Employee other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). This paragraph shall be effective January 1, 1987. (b) Key Employee. Shall mean any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year which ends on the Determination Date or the preceding 4 Plan Years (1) was an officer of the Employer having annual Compensation from the Employer greater than 50% of the amount in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for such Plan Year; (ii) an owner (or considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such individual's Compensation equals or exceeds the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; (iii) a 5-percent owner of the Employer; or (iv) a 1-percent owner of the Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than $150,000. (c) Determination Date: For any Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. (d) Non-key Employee. Any Participant who is not a Key-Employee. (e) Present Value: The present value of Accrued Benefits for the purpose of determining Top-Heavy status, shall be calculated in accordance with the actuarial assumptions specified in Section 2.03 of the Plan. 12.03 Minimum Accrued Benefit. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan except (b) below, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, each Participant who is not a Key Employee and has completed 1,000 Hours of Service will accrue a benefit (to be provided solely by Employer contributions and expressed as a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age) of not less than two percent (2%) of his or her highest average Compensation for the five consecutive years for which the Participant had the highest Compensation. The minimum accrual applies even though under other Plan provisions the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an accrual, or would have received a lesser accrual for the year because -64- |
(i) the Participant fails to make mandatory contributions to the Plan, (ii) the Participant's Compensation is less than a stated amount, (iii) the Participant is not employed on the last day of the accrual computation period, or (iv) the Plan is integrated with Social Security. (b) No additional benefit accruals shall be provided pursuant to (a) above to the extent that the total accrual on behalf of the Participant attributable to Employer contributions will provide a benefit expressed as a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age that equals or exceeds 20 percent of the Participant's highest average compensation for the five consecutive years for which the Participant had the highest compensation. Also, the benefit accrual requirement of this section shall not apply if the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan and contributes thereto an amount sufficient to render the benefit accrual requirements of this section inapplicable under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 12.04 Form of Benefit. If the form of benefit is other than a single life annuity, the Participant must receive an amount that is the actuarial equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit. If the benefit commences at a date other than at Normal Retirement Age, the Participant must receive at least an amount that is the actuarial equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age. 12.05 Nonforfeitability of Employer Top-Heavy Contribution. The Employer Top-Heavy Accrued Benefit (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D). 12.06 Minimum Vesting. If the Plan becomes Top Heavy, the following vesting schedule shall be |
applied notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary:
Vesting Service Percent of Accrued at Termination Date Benefit Vested ------------------- ------------------ 2 years 20% 3 years 40% 4 years 60% 5 years 80% 6 years 100% |
The vesting schedule described above shall not apply to any Participant unless the Participant has accumulated at least one Hour of Service after the Plan becomes Top Heavy. If the Plan becomes Top Heavy and subsequently ceases to be such, the vesting schedule described above shall continue to apply in determining the vested Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has at least three years of Vesting Service on the last day of the Top Heavy Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change in the vesting schedule shall reduce the then vested percentage of any Participant's Accrued Benefit. 12.07 Combined Plan Limitation For Top-Heavy Years Repealed. Effective January 1, 2000, adjustments to the combined plan limitation of Code Section 415 for top heavy plans are repealed and no longer applicable. |
ARTICLE XIII
MAXIMUM BENEFITS
13.01 General Rule. The annual benefit payable to a Participant at any time shall not exceed the maximum permissible amount. "Maximum permissible amount" shall mean the lesser of (i) $90,000 (such limitation to be adjusted automatically as determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for each calendar year, and the new limitation to apply to limitation years ending within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment); or (ii) 100 percent of the Participant's highest average compensation. If the annual benefit commences before or after the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age, the maximum permissible amount shall be determined under Section 415 of the Code and Regulations and rulings thereunder. If the annual benefit commences when the Participant has less than ten years of Vesting Service with the Company or less than ten years of participation in this Plan or any predecessor plan to this Plan, the maximum permissible amount otherwise defined above shall be reduced by one-tenth for each year less than ten in accordance with applicable regulations. 13.02 Combined Plan Limitations. Effective January 1, 2000, the provisions of the Plan dealing with the combined plan limitations of Code Section 415(c) are deleted. 13.03 Definitions. For purposes of Article XIII, the following definitions shall apply: (a) "Annual benefit" means Retirement Income under the Plan which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity. The interest rate assumption used to determine actuarial equivalence for this purpose shall be the greater of the interest rate specified in this plan or 5 percent. No actuarial adjustment to the benefit is required for (i) the value of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the value of benefits that are not directly related to retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit, pre-retirement death benefits, and post-retirement medical benefits); or (iii) the value of post-retirement cost-of-living increases made in accordance with federal income tax regulations. (b) "Compensation" means a Participant's wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) (wages subject to income tax withholding at the source) but without regard to exceptions contained in Code Section 3401(a) for wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed. The intent of this definition is to comply with the alternative -67- |
definition of compensation described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(11)(ii). |
(c) "Employer" means an Affiliate.
(d) "Highest average compensation" means the average compensation for the three consecutive years of Credited Service with the Employer that produces the highest average.
(e) "Limitation year" means the Plan Year.
(f) "Annual additions" means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's account for the limitation year:
(i) Employer contributions;
(ii) Forfeitures;
(iii) nondeductible employee contributions; provided, however, that the annual addition for any limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat nondeductible employee contributions as an annual addition; and
(iv) Amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).
(g) "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean the age used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(l) of the Social Security Act, except that such section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l) of such Act were 62.
ARTICLE XIV
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES
14.01 In General. For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee" is any active Employee described in Section 14.02 below and any Former Employee described in Section 14.03 below. Various definitions used in this Section are contained in Section 14.04. A Non-highly Compensated Employee is an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 14.02 Highly Compensated Employees. (a) Look-Back Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during a Look Back Year the Employee: (1) is a 5 Percent Owner; or (2) receives Compensation in excess of $85,000. The dollar amount described above shall be increased annually as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1). (b) Current Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during a Current Year the Employee is a 5 Percent Owner. 14.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee. A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the rules of Section 14.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any Current Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th birthday. 14.04 Definitions. The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 14: Compensation shall have that meaning as elected by the Committee provided the definition satisfies Code Section 415(c)(3). |
Current Year shall mean the current Plan Year.
Employer for purposes of this Article 14 shall mean the Employer and its Affiliates. 5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the Employer. Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a Severance from Service Date or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer but who has not performed services for the Employer during the Current Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Leave of Absence). Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Current Year, or if the Employer elects (and such election is available to the Employer), the calendar year ending with or within the Current Year. Separation Year shall mean any of the following years: (1) An Employee who incurs a Separation from Service Date shall have a Separation Year in the Current Year in which such Separation from Service Date occurs; (2) An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g., an Employee on Leave of Absence) shall have a Separation Year in the calendar year in which he last performs services for the Employer; (3) An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such calendar year. However, such Separation Year shall be ignored if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation Year. 14.05 Other Methods Permissible. To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and procedures described in this Article 14) to determine and identify Highly Compensated Employees (including -70- |
adopting alternative definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section 414(q)(7) and are uniformly applied). |
ARTICLE XV
EGTRRA AMENDMENTS
15.01 Background.
(a) Adoption and effective date of amendment. This Article 15 is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this Article 15 shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2001.
(b) Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This Article 15 shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Article 15.
15.02 Limitations on Benefits.
(a) Effective date. This section shall be effective for limitation years ending after December 31, 2001.
(b) Effect on participants. Benefit increases resulting from the increase in the limitations of section 415(b) of the Code shall be provided to all employees participating in the plan who have one hour of service on or after the first day of the first limitation year ending after December 31, 2001.
(c) Definitions.
(i) Defined benefit dollar limitation. The "defined benefit dollar limitation" is $160,000, as adjusted, effective January 1 of each year, under section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. A limitation as adjusted under section 415(d) will apply to limitation years ending with or within the calendar year for which the adjustment applies.
(ii) Maximum permissible benefit: The "maximum permissible benefit" is the lesser of the defined benefit dollar limitation or the defined benefit compensation limitation (both adjusted where required, as provided in (A) and, if applicable, in (B) or (C) below).
(A) If the participant has fewer than 10 years
of participation in the plan, the defined
benefit dollar limitation shall be
multiplied by a fraction, (I) the numerator
of which is the number of years (or part
thereof) of participation in the plan and
(II) the denominator of which is 10. In the
case of a participant who has fewer than 10
years of service with the employer, the
defined benefit compensation limitation
shall be multiplied by a fraction, (I) the
numerator of which is the number of years
(or part thereof) of service with the
employer and (II) the denominator of which
is 10.
(B) If the benefit of a participant begins prior to age 62, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at such earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the earlier age that is the actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at age 62 (adjusted under (A) above, if required). The defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age prior to age 62 is determined as the lesser of (I) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Article II of the Plan and (ii) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in Article II of the Plan. Any decrease in the defined benefit dollar limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into account.
(C) If the benefit of a participant begins after the participant attains age 65, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at the later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at age 65 (adjusted under (A) above, if required). The actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age after age 65 is determined as (I) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Article II of the Plan and (II) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed
using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in Article II of the Plan. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.
15.03 Increase In Compensation Limit.
(a) Increase in limit. The annual compensation of each participant taken into account in determining benefit accruals in any plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000. Annual compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the plan (the determination period).
In determining benefit accruals in plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual compensation limit in this paragraph (a), for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002, shall be $200,000.
(b) Cost-of-living adjustment. The $200,000 limit on annual compensation in paragraph (a) shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.
15.04 Modification Of Top-Heavy Rules.
(a) Effective date. This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This section amends Article XII of the Plan.
(b) Determination of top-heavy status.
(I) Key employee. Key employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of
the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(II) Determination of present values and amounts. This section 15.04(b)(II) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of employees as of the determination date.
(A) Distributions during year ending on the determination date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period."
(B) Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.
(c) Minimum benefits. For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the plan, in determining years of service with the employer, any service with the employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a plan year when the plan benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Code) no key employee or former key employee.
15.05 Direct Rollovers Of Plan Distributions.
(a) Effective date. This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.
(b) Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 6.07 of the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be duly executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 2001.
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
By: /s/ Frank M. Howard -------------------------------- Title: Vice President and Treasurer ---------------------------- Date: February 27, 2002 ----------------------------- Attest: /s/ Janet Kirby -------------------------- |
SCHEDULE A
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS DESIGNATED UNDER SECTION 9.04
Extent of Credit for Name and Service with a Designation Participating Employer Date Prior to Designation Date ----------- ------------------------- 1. S.P. Richards Participants in the Plan who were employed Company by S. P. Richards Company shall receive January 1, 1984 Credited Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with S. P. Richards Company but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan. 2. Balkamp, Inc. Participants in the Plan who were employed and National by Balkamp, Inc. or affiliates NAPA shall Automotive Parts receive Credited Service and Vesting Service Association (NAPA) for all purposes of this Plan beginning with January 1, 1984 their employment commencement date with Balkamp, Inc. or NAPA, Inc. but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this plan. 3. Motion Eligibility: Industries, Employees of Motion whose initial date of Inc. ("Motion") hire is on or after January 1, 1984, shall January 1, 1984 automatically become Participants of this Plan on the date such Employee satisfies the age and service requirements of Section 3.02 (and for such purpose all employment with Motion shall be counted as though it was employment with the Company). Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire is prior to January 1, 1984, and who have made an election in the manner authorized by the committee not to participate in the Motion Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the "Profit Sharing Plan") shall commence participation in this Plan, effective as follows: -78- |
1) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984, who were Participants in the Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1983, shall participate in this Plan effective as of January 1, 1984, and 2) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984, who were not Participants in the Profit Sharing Plan shall become Participants in this Plan on the date that they would have been eligible to participate in the Profit Sharing Plan if the Profit Sharing Plan as in effect on December 31, 1983 had continued unchanged. Participants in this Plan employed by Motion who were not participants in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1983, shall receive Credited Service and Vesting Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with Motion but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan. Participants employed by Motion who were participants in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1983 and who elected to commence participation in this Plan effective January 1, 1984, shall receive Vesting Service for purposes of determining an Employee's vested percentage under Section 4.05; but service with Motion prior to January 1, 1984 shall not be credited for purposes of determining the amount of such Employee's Retirement Income. Effective January 1, 1990, the Profit Sharing Plan was terminated. Employees of Motion who participated in the Profit Sharing Plan on December 31, 1989, and who are employed by Motion on January 1, 1990, shall commence participation in this Plan effective as of January 1, 1990. Such Participants shall receive Vesting Service under this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with Motion but only for the purpose described in the following sentence and subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan. The Participants -79- |
discussed in this paragraph shall receive Vesting Service for purposes of determining an Employee's vested percentage under Section 4.05. In no event, shall such Participants receive Credited Service prior to January 1, 1990 for purposes of determining the amount of such Employee's Retirement Income. |
SCHEDULE B
CREDIT FOR SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS
OVERVIEW
Prior to January 1, 2000, the Company maintained Sections I, II and III of this Schedule B. Effective January 1, 2000, however, no additional changes, other than historic changes, will be made to Sections I, II or III. Beginning January 1, 2000 rules regarding past service credit will be governed by Section IV.
I. This Section I shall apply to acquisitions occurring prior to January 1, 2000.
Participants employed by a predecessor employer not listed in Sections II or III below shall be deemed to have as their date of Employment for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company.
II. Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall receive Credited Service and Vesting Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with that predecessor employer but subject to all the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan.
1. Clark Siviter Co.
St. Petersburg, FL
2. Standard Parts Company Columbia, SC
3. Standard Unit Parts Company Normal, IL
Except that the benefits provided to Mark R. Larson under this Plan shall be reduced by one hundred percent (100%) of the benefits provided under that certain Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 10, 1977 in the event of his retirement, death, disability or other termination of service.
4. General Automotive Parts Company and its subsidiaries
5. NAPA Des Moines Warehouse
III. (a) Acquisitions Prior to January 1, 1994.
Participants employed by those predecessor employers listed below that were acquired prior to January 1, 1994 shall be deemed to have as their date of
Employment for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor
employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company or its
subsidiaries. However, after an employee of such predecessor employer
becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of
Section 3.02, such Participant shall receive credit for all employment
with such predecessor employer for purposes of determining the
Participant's vested percentage under Section 4.05(c). However, to
receive such credit, the Employee must be actively employed by an
Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.
(b) Acquisitions On or After January 1, 1994.
Participants employed by those predecessor employers listed below that
were acquired on or after January 1, 1994 shall receive credit under
this Plan for all employment with such predecessor employer for
purposes of (1) determining the Participant's vested percentage under
Section 4.05(c). However, to receive such credit, the employee must be
actively employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on
the Employment Date.
Employees of the following predecessor employers that were acquired on or after January 1, 1994 and who are actively employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date will receive credit for their employment with the predecessor employer for determining whether such Employees have satisfied the participation requirements of Article III.
(c) Important Restrictions.
Vesting Service granted under (a) or (b) above may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with Article II or other provisions of the Plan. Furthermore, no Vesting Service shall be granted for employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Vesting Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.
Name Employment Date ------------------------------------- --------------- Odell Hardware Company January 1, 1980 Greensboro, NC Brooks-Noble Parts & Machine Co., Inc. August 1, 1981 Jackson, MS One Stop Auto Parts Inc. March 10, 1982 Lathan, NY One Stop Auto Parts Inc. March 16, 1983 Albany, NY |
E. E. Long Inc. September 1, 1984 Des Moines, IA Motor Parts & Supply April 1, 1986 Baton Rouge, LA Chattanooga Service Auto Center May 1, 1986 Chattanooga, TN Gerace Auto Parts December 1, 1986 Port Allen, LA Lawwill Auto Parts September 1, 1987 Chattanooga, TN Smith Automotive Corp. August 1, 1990 (2 stores) Martinez, GA & Belvedere, SC Kings Parts Company, Inc. August 10, 1990 Lake Oswego, OR W.K. NAPA on Kensington, Inc. August 10, 1990 Elk Grove Village, IL Auto Parts, Inc. of Wilmington October 1, 1990 Wilmington, NC Carolina Auto Parts of Thomasville, Inc. October 1, 1990 Thomasville, NC Stokes Auto Parts, Inc. October 1, 1990 Thomasville, NC MGM Auto Parts, Inc. November 1, 1990 Kenmore, NY Wholesale Sationers Corp. December 1, 1990 Salt Lake City, UT (S.P. Richards) Santa Monica Auto Parts November 1, 1990 Santa Monica, CA Precise Industries, Inc. December 1, 1990 (2 Stores) Kingsport & Blountville, TN |
Automotive Service & Supply, Inc. December 1, 1990 (3 Stores) Kingsport, TN, Bristol & Abingdon, VA NAPA Auto Parts of Lombard, Inc. December 1, 1990 Lombard, IL Middleburg Parts and Hardware, Inc. December 31, 1990 Middleburg, FL Strap Industries, Inc. March 1, 1991 Tempe, AZ Anderson's Parts March 1, 1991 Blue Springs, MO Evergreen Automotive Supply, Inc. May 1, 1991 Chicago, IL Heath Motor Supply Co. July 1, 1991 Panama City, FL Bryant Stooks - D.J.'s Auto Supply July 1, 1991 (2 Stores) Chandler and Mesa, AZ NAPA Auto Parts Store of John Nall August 1, 1991 South Milwaukee, WI Deer Park Automotive Parts, Inc. September 1, 1991 Mt. Carmel, OH T & L Auto Parts Company, Inc. October 1, 1991 (4 Stores) Fayetteville, NC B.W.P. Ltd. October 1, 1991 (2 Stores) Fayetteville, Roseboro, NC Auto Parts of Clinton October 1, 1991 Clinton, NC Byrd-Wood Parts Group, Inc. October 1, 1991 Fayetteville, NC Burien Auto Parts, Inc. October 1, 1991 (2 Stores) Seattle, WA |
B.N. Auto Parts Co. December 1, 1991 Marietta, GA Capital Automotive Parts, Inc. December 1, 1991 Milwaukee, WI Bill's Auto Supply, Inc. January 1, 1992 Milwaukee, WI Bill's Auto Supply, Inc. January 1, 1992 Kansas City, MO Bald Hill Auto Parts, Inc. February 1, 1992 Warwick, RI Manton Auto Prats, Inc. February 1, 1992 Providence, RI Hudson Auto Parts February 1, 1992 Hudson, WI B&B Genuine Auto Parts, Inc. February 16, 1992 Canton, OH Jimmy's Auto Parts, Inc. March 1, 1992 Alpharetta, GA West Town Auto Parts, Inc. June 1, 1992 Knoxville, TN Lakeland Motor Parts, Inc. June 1, 1992 (2 Stores) Lakeland, FL Haas Auto Parts & Machine Co., Inc. June 1, 1992 Jeffersonville, IN Parts Dept. of Shakopee, Inc. June 1, 1992 Shakopee, MN HMH Automotive Parts, Inc. June 1, 1992 (2 Stores) Galesburg, Monmouth, IL Southern Parts & Electric, Inc. July 1, 1992 (4 Stores) Durham, NC |
Service Supply Co. of Douglasville, Inc. July 1, 1992 Douglasville, GA Service Supply Company of Dallas, Inc. July 1, 1992 Dallas, GA NAPA of Lemon Grove, Inc. August 1, 1992 La Mesa, CA Whitewater Auto Supply, Inc. September 1, 1992 Janesville, WI Regalia Auto Parts, Inc. September 1, 1992 Seattle, WA Drexel Auto Parts, Inc. October 1, 1992 Huntsville, AL Warren Auto Supply, Inc. December 4, 1992 (2 Stores) Warren, OH Cal's Service Parts, Inc. January 1, 1993 (6 Stores) Boise, ID H & G Enterprises, Inc. January 1, 1993 Louisville, KY Kernersville Auto Parts, Inc. February 1, 1993 Kernersville, NC McCowen Enterprises, Inc. April 1, 1993 (2 Stores) Champaign & Urbana, IL Breese Company, Inc. May 1, 1993 (3 Stores, Iowa City, Muscatine & Coralville, IA) Young's Auto Supply Warehouse, Inc. July 1, 1993 Norfolk, VA Joliet Auto Supply, Inc. July 1, 1993 Joliet, IL Bryan - Rogers, Inc. August 1, 1993 (3 Stores) Tupelo, Baldwyn & Amory, MS |
Hyllberg Enterprises, Inc. August 1, 1993 Virginia Beach, VA Hager Auto & Industrial Parts, Inc. November 1, 1993 (2 Stores) Burlington & South Burlington, VT M&B, Inc. (Lesker Office Supplies, Inc.) November 1, 1993 Charlotte, NC Ballard Auto Parts, Inc. January 1, 1994 Cornelius, NC Service Parts of Hendersonville, Inc. January 1, 1994 Hendersonville, NC Power's Auto Parts, Inc. March 1, 1994 Williamsburg, VA Big J Auto Parts, Inc. March 14, 1994 Johnson City, TN Economy Auto Supply Co., Inc. April 1, 1994 Norfolk, VA Paul's Automotive, Inc. April 1, 1994 Toledo, OH Sulphur Springs Parts Co., Inc. June 1, 1994 Sulphur Springs, TX The Parts Place August 1, 1994 Gulfport, MS A & J Automotive Co. August 1, 1994 Dalton, GA Clewiston Auto Parts, Inc. September 1, 1994 Clewiston, FL Oregon City Auto Parts, Inc. October 1, 1994 Oregon City and Clackamas, OR Kiema Car Part, Inc. November 1, 1994 El Monte, CA |
Shoreline Auto Parts November 1, 1994 Seattle, WA Lockport Automotive Supply, Inc. December 1, 1994 Lockport, NY Mircon, Inc. Scardsdale Auto Parts December 1, 1994 Scarsdale, NY Motor Parts Company December 1, 1994 Booneville, MS Davis & Wilmar, Inc. May 1, 1993 Pittsburg, PA (Acquired 7/1/92) The Parts, Inc. January 1, 1995 Anchorage, AK (Acquired 1/1/94) Dade City Jobbing Group January 1, 1994 Dade City, FL (Acquired 1/2/92) Colorado Parts Company December 1, 1994 (4 stores) Ft. Collins, Loveland, Longmont, CO Serene Plaza Auto Parts December 1, 1994 Seattle, WA Atlantic Tracy Inc. November 1, 1995 Summerville, MA Midcap Bearing Corporation June 1, 1995 San Antonio, TX Motion Equipment, Inc. June 1, 1995 Houston, TX Power Drives & Bearings, Inc. October 1,1995 Omaha, NB Auto Parts Companies of Topeka July 1, 1996 Kansas City, KS Auto Parts of Bonner Springs, Inc. July 1, 1996 |
Bonner Springs, KS Auto Parts of Holton, Inc. July 1, 1996 Holton, KS Auto Parts of Junction City, Inc. July 1, 1996 Junction City, KS Auto Parts of Leavenworth, Inc. July 1, 1996 Leavenworth, KS Auto Parts of Salina, Inc. July 1, 1996 Salina, KS Auto Parts of Sedalia, Inc. July 1, 1996 Sedalia, KS Auto Parts West, Inc. July 1, 1996 Topeka, KS Auto Supply North, Inc. July 1, 1996 Topeka, KS Auto Parts of Eastboro, Inc. July 1, 1996 Topeka, KS Auto Partsmith, Inc. July 1, 1996 Topeka, KS Auto Parts of Wichita #1, Inc. July 1, 1996 Wichita, KS Auto Parts of Wichita #2, Inc. July 1, 1996 Wichita, KS Auto Parts of Wichita #3, Inc. July 1, 1996 Wichita, KS Auto Parts of St. Joe, Inc. July 1, 1996 St. Joseph, MO Friend's Motor Supply, Inc. June 30, 1997 Hastings, NE Standard Parts, Inc. June 5, 1997 |
Monroe, LA Utah Bearing and Fabrication, Inc. October 3,1997 Salt Lake City, UT Colorado Bearing and Supply, Inc. October 3, 1997 Denver, CO Quality Auto Supply of Alaska, Inc. April 1, 1998 Palmer, AK Berry Bearing Company /Tom Steel Div. January 1, 1998 Lyons, IL (Acquired 2/93) Cascade Bearings April 1, 1998 Yakima, WA Horizon U.S.A. Data Supplies, Inc. August 1, 1998 Reno, NV (Acquired on 4/1/95) Berry Bearing Company (all divisions October 1, 1998 other than Tom Steel Division) (Acquired 2/93) Lyons, IL EIS, Inc. July 1, 2000 (including the following current and former subsidiaries of EIS, Inc.: Com-Kyl, Inc.; Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc.; Electronic Tool Co., Inc.; Summit Insulation Supply Company, Inc.; and H.A. Holden, Inc.) Atlanta, GA (Acquired 7/98) Johnson Industries January 1, 2001 (including the following current and former subsidiaries of Johnson Industries; C.P. Hunt Company; Dealer Parts Service, Inc.; Uptown Auto; L&D Enterprises, Inc.) (Acquired 12/31/98) |
IV. Acquisitions On or After January 1, 2000
A. Effective for acquisitions occurring on or after January 1, 2000, Participants employed by the predecessor employers listed in this subsection A, and who are
employed on the first anniversary of the Acquisition Date listed below, shall receive credit under this Plan for all employment with such predecessor employer solely for purposes of determining (1) the Participants' vested percentage under Section 4.05(c); and (2) the Participants' eligibility to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article 3.
Employees terminating employment prior to the first anniversary of the applicable Acquisition Date shall not participate in this Plan.
Name Acquisition Date |
B. Effective for acquisitions occurring on or after January 1, 2000, Participants employed by the predecessor employers listed in this subsection B, and who are employed on the Employment Date listed below (the date the predecessor employer's employees are authorized to participate in the Plan), shall receive credit under this Plan for all employment with such predecessor employer solely for purposes of determining (1) the Participants' vested percentage under Section 4.05(c); and (2) the Participants' eligibility to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article 3.
Name Employment Date |
SCHEDULE C
TRUST FUND ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO PLAN
Under the Plan, the Employer may establish multiple trust funds ("sub-trusts") pursuant to one or more agreements of trust between the Employer and one or more trustees to provide the benefits of the Plan. The Plan also provides that the term Trust Fund includes any group annuity or deposit administration contract entered into between the Employer and an Insurer. All such sub-trusts in the aggregate shall comprise the Trust Fund as defined in Section 2.48 of the Plan. The Trust Fund (including all sub-trusts) shall be available to provide all benefits under the Plan to any Plan Participant irrespective of the division or unit which employs such Participant.
As of January 1, 1989, the following sub-trusts comprise the Trust Fund under the Plan:
1. Agreement of Trust Entered Into Between Genuine Parts Company and Trust Company Bank Effective as of January 1, 1975.
2. Group Annuity Contract Number GA1466 Issued by Aetna Life Insurance Company to Balkamp Inc.
SCHEDULE D
SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO RETIREMENT WINDOWS
(SEE SECTION 4.02(c))
1. Retirement Window for Certain Employees of the Mid-South Data Processing and D.C. Accounting to Normal, Illinois. Employees who have attained age 55 and earned 15 or more years of Credited Service as of December 31, 1989 and who are employed on October 31, 1989 by (1) Mid-South Data Processing, (2) Mid-South Distribution Center Accounting, or (3) Memphis-area Locals may elect early retirement without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect early retirement between September 19, 1989 and October 31, 1989 (inclusive) and must actually retire from the Company between December 31, 1989 and February 1, 1990 (inclusive). The term "Memphis-area Locals" refers to Company-owned (NAPA) stores located in the Memphis area served by the Memphis Distribution Center. All eligible Employees will be notified of this special early retirement on or about September 19, 1989.
2. Retirement Window for Certain Employees Employed by Rayloc Atlanta. Employees who (1) were actively employed on October 21, 1994, by Rayloc and continuously employed thereafter by Rayloc through December 31, 1994, at its Atlanta facility; and, (2) have attained age 59-1/2 but are younger than age 65 (i.e., born after January 1, 1930 and before July 1, 1935); and, (3) have earned 15 or more years of Credited Service may elect early retirement without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect early retirement between October 21, 1994, and December 9, 1994 (inclusive) and must actually terminate employment from Rayloc on December 31, 1994 (with early retirement effective January 1, 1995).
3. Retirement Window for Closure of the Customer Financial Management Services Office for the Eastern Division. The following non-highly compensated employees may elect early retirement without the early reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such non-highly compensated employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect the early retirement window between August 5, 1998 and September 30, 1998. Only the following Participants are eligible for this early retirement window: Kathleen D. Rosa and Joan E. Garofalo.
4. Additional Retirement Windows for Closure of Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable Departments. The Company made a decision in 1998 to begin closing certain accounts receivable departments and accounts payable departments at various distribution centers. Non-highly compensated employees (1) who were
age 55 with at least fifteen years of Credited Service on their Termination Date, (2) who were in active Employment on the date the Company notified the affected accounts receivable and accounts payable departments of their closure and remained in active employment until the close of the "early retirement window", unless the Company consented to an earlier Terminated Date, and (3) whose job was scheduled to be eliminated as a result of such closure could elect, within defined dates set forth by the Company ("early retirement window") to elect early retirement. Non-highly compensated employees who satisfied the requirements described above and who properly completed forms provided by the Company within the time period established by the Company, received his or her monthly Retirement Income without the early reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan (to the extent permitted by law).
EXHIBIT 10.55
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2001)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
1.1 GENERAL. The purpose of the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the success, and enhance the value, of Genuine Parts Company (the "Company"), by linking the personal interests of its employees, officers and directors to those of Company shareholders and by providing such persons with an incentive for outstanding performance. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers and directors upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company's operation is largely dependent. Accordingly, the Plan permits the grant of incentive awards from time to time to selected employees, officers and directors.
ARTICLE 2
EFFECTIVE DATE
2.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan shall be effective as of the date upon which it shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company.
ARTICLE 3
DEFINITIONS
3.1 DEFINITIONS. When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Section 1.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context. The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
(a) "Award" means any Option, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit Award, or Other Stock-Based Award, or any other right or interest relating to Stock or cash, granted to a Participant under the Plan.
(b) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.
(c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(d) "Change in Control" means and includes each of the following:
(1) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2)
of the 1934 Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under
the 1934 Act) of 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of
the Company entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the "Outstanding Company
Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for
purposes of this subsection (1), the following
acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of
Control: (i) any acquisition by a Person who is on
the Effective Date the beneficial owner of 20% or
more of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities,
(ii) any acquisition directly from the Company, (iii)
any acquisition by the Company, (iv) any acquisition
by any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
sponsored or maintained by the Company or any
corporation controlled by the Company, or (v) any
acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a
transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) of subsection (3) of this definition; or
(2) Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
(3) Consummation of a reorganization, merger,
consolidation or share exchange or sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company (a "Business Combination"), in each
case, unless, following such Business Combination,
(i) all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities who were the beneficial owners of the
Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately
prior to such Business Combination beneficially own,
directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined
voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors of the corporation resulting from such
Business Combination (including, without limitation,
a corporation which as a result of such transaction
owns the Company or all or substantially all of the
Company's assets either directly or through one or
more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to
such
Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, and (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(4) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
(f) "Committee" means the committee of the Board described in Article 4.
(g) "Company" means Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation.
(h) "Covered Employee" means a covered employee as defined in Code
Section 162(m)(3).
(i) "Disability" shall mean any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Participant that renders the Participant incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which, in the judgment of the Committee, is permanent and continuous in nature. The Committee may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Participant's condition. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(j) "Effective Date" has the meaning assigned such term in Section 2.1.
(k) "Fair Market Value", on any date, means (i) if the Stock is listed on a securities exchange or is traded over the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sales price on such exchange or over such system on such date or, in the absence of reported sales on such date, the closing sales price on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported, or (ii) if the Stock is not listed on a securities exchange or traded over the Nasdaq National
Market, the mean between the bid and offered prices as quoted by Nasdaq for such date, provided that if it is determined that the fair market value is not properly reflected by such Nasdaq quotations, Fair Market Value will be determined by such other method as the Committee determines in good faith to be reasonable.
(l) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.
(m) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.
(n) "Option" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(o) "Other Stock-Based Award" means a right, granted to a Participant under Article 12, that relates to or is valued by reference to Stock or other Awards relating to Stock.
(p) "Parent" means a corporation which owns or beneficially owns a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power of the Company. For Incentive Stock Options, the term shall have the same meaning as set forth in Code Section 424(e).
(q) "Participant" means a person who, as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary, has been granted an Award under the Plan.
(r) "Performance Unit" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 9, to receive cash, Stock, or other Awards, the payment of which is contingent upon achieving certain performance goals established by the Committee.
(s) "Plan" means the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
(t) "Restricted Stock Award" means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 10 that is subject to certain restrictions and to risk of forfeiture.
(u) "Retirement" in the case of an employee means termination of employment with the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary after attaining age 65.
(v) "Stock" means the $1.00 par value common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 13.
(w) "Subsidiary" means any corporation, limited liability company,
partnership or other entity of which a majority of the
outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned
directly or indirectly by the Company. For Incentive Stock
Options, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Code
Section 424(f).
(x) "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
(y) "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION
4.1 COMMITTEE. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board or, at the discretion of the Board from time to time, by the Board. The Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board. It is intended that the directors appointed to serve on the Committee shall be "non-employee directors" (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) and "outside directors" (within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder) to the extent that Rule 16b-3 and, if necessary for relief from the limitation under Code Section 162(m) and such relief is sought by the Company, Code Section 162(m), respectively, are applicable. However, the mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify under either of the foregoing requirements shall not invalidate any Award made by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by, and may be changed at any time and from time to time in the discretion of, the Board. During any time that the Board is acting as administrator of the Plan, it shall have all the powers of the Committee hereunder, and any reference herein to the Committee (other than in this Section 4.1) shall include the Board.
4.2 ACTION BY THE COMMITTEE. For purposes of administering the Plan, the following rules of procedure shall govern the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved unanimously in writing by the members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Company's independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.
4.3 AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE. The Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:
(a) Designate Participants;
(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;
(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;
(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan, including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
(e) Accelerate the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any outstanding Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;
(f) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;
(g) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;
(h) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;
(i) Establish, adopt or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;
(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and
(k) Amend the Plan or any Award Agreement as provided herein.
4.4. DECISIONS BINDING. The Committee's interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted under the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.
ARTICLE 5
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN
5.1. NUMBER OF SHARES. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for Awards or which may be used to provide a basis of measurement for or to determine the value of an Award (such as with a Performance Unit Award) shall be 9,000,000, of which not more than 10% may be granted as Awards of Restricted Stock or unrestricted Stock Awards.
5.2. LAPSED AWARDS. To the extent that an Award is canceled, terminates, expires or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award will again be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan and shares subject to Awards settled in cash will be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.
5.3. STOCK DISTRIBUTED. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.
5.4. LIMITATION ON AWARDS. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary (but subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.1), the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to one or more Options that may be granted during any one calendar year under the Plan to any one Participant shall be 500,000. The maximum fair market value (measured as of the date of grant) of any Awards other than Options that may be received by any one Participant (less any consideration paid by the Participant for such Award) during any one calendar year under the Plan shall be $7,500,000.
ARTICLE 6
ELIGIBILITY
6.1. GENERAL. Awards may be granted only to individuals who are employees, officers or directors of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary.
ARTICLE 7
STOCK OPTIONS
7.1. GENERAL. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:
(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of the grant.
(b) TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Committee also shall determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised. The Committee may waive any exercise provisions at any time in whole or in part based upon factors as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion so that the Option becomes exerciseable at an earlier date.
(c) PAYMENT. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Stock, or other property (including "cashless exercise" arrangements), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants; provided that if shares of Stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price were themselves acquired otherwise than on the open market, such shares shall have been held by the Participant for at least six months.
(d) EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such provisions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as may be specified by the Committee.
(e) ADDITIONAL OPTIONS UPON EXERCISE. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in an Award Agreement, or in an amendment thereto, for the automatic grant of a new Option to any Participant who delivers shares of Stock as full or partial payment of the exercise price of the original Option. Any new Option granted in such a case (i) shall be for the same number of shares of Stock as the Participant delivered in exercising the original Option, (ii) shall have an exercise price of 100% of the Fair Market Value of the surrendered shares of Stock on the date of exercise of the original Option (the grant date for the new Option), and (iii) shall have a term equal to the unexpired term of the original Option.
7.2. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. The terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules:
(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock shall be set by the Committee, provided that the exercise price for any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of the grant.
(b) EXERCISE. In no event may any Incentive Stock Option be exercisable for more than ten years from the date of its grant.
(c) LAPSE OF OPTION. An Incentive Stock Option shall lapse under
the earliest of the following circumstances; provided,
however, that the Committee may, prior to the lapse of the
Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in
paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) below, provide in writing that the
Option will extend until a later date, but if Option is
exercised after the dates specified in paragraphs (3), (4) and
(5) below, it will automatically become a Non-Qualified Stock
Option:
(1) The Incentive Stock Option shall lapse as of the option expiration date set forth in the Award Agreement.
(2) The Incentive Stock Option shall lapse ten years after it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement.
(3) If the Participant terminates employment for any reason other than as provided in paragraph (4) or (5) below, the Incentive Stock Option shall lapse, unless it is previously exercised, three months after the Participant's termination of employment; provided, however, that if the Participant's employment is terminated by the Company for cause or by the Participant without the consent of the Company, the Incentive Stock Option shall (to the extent not previously exercised) lapse immediately.
(4) If the Participant terminates employment by reason of his Disability, the Incentive Stock Option shall lapse, unless it is previously exercised, one year after the Participant's termination of employment.
(5) If the Participant dies while employed, or during the three-month period described in paragraph (3) or during the one-year period described in paragraph (4) and before the Option otherwise lapses, the Option shall lapse one year after the Participant's death. Upon the Participant's death, any exercisable Incentive Stock Options may be exercised by the Participant's beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 11.6.
Unless the exercisability of the Incentive Stock Option is accelerated as provided in Article 11, if a Participant exercises an Option after termination of employment, the Option may be exercised only with respect to the shares that were otherwise vested on the Participant's termination of employment.
(d) INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Award is made) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.00.
(e) TEN PERCENT OWNERS. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary unless the exercise price per share of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Stock at the date of grant and the Option expires no later than five years after the date of grant.
(f) EXPIRATION OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. No Award of an Incentive Stock Option may be made pursuant to the Plan after the day immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.
(g) RIGHT TO EXERCISE. During a Participant's lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant or, in the case of the Participant's Disability, by the Participant's guardian or legal representative.
(h) DIRECTORS. The Committee may not grant an Incentive Stock Option to a non-employee director. The Committee may grant an Incentive Stock Option to a director who is also an employee of the Company or Parent or Subsidiary but only in that individual's position as an employee and not as a director.
ARTICLE 8
PERFORMANCE UNITS
8.1. GRANT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Units to Participants on such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Committee. The Committee shall have the complete discretion to determine the number of Performance Units granted to each Participant. All Awards of Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.
8.2. RIGHT TO PAYMENT. A grant of Performance Units gives the Participant rights, valued as determined by the Committee, and payable to, or exercisable by, the Participant to whom the Performance Units are granted, in whole or in part, as the Committee shall establish at grant or thereafter. The Committee shall set performance goals and other terms or conditions to payment of the Performance Units in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and value of Performance Units that will be paid to the Participant.
8.3. OTHER TERMS. Performance Units may be payable in cash, Stock, or other property, and have such other terms and conditions as determined by the Committee and reflected in the Award Agreement.
ARTICLE 9
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
9.1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The Committee is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to Participants in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Committee. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
9.2. ISSUANCE AND RESTRICTIONS. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, upon the satisfaction of performance goals or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.
9.3. FORFEITURE. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period or upon failure to satisfy a performance goal during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may provide in any Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.
9.4. CERTIFICATES FOR RESTRICTED STOCK. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.
ARTICLE 10
OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS
10.1. GRANT OF OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including without limitation shares of Stock awarded purely as a "bonus" and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Stock, and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Parents or Subsidiaries. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.
ARTICLE 11
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS
11.1. STAND-ALONE, TANDEM, AND SUBSTITUTE AWARDS. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan. If an Award is granted in substitution for another Award, the Committee may require the surrender of such other Award in consideration of the grant of the new Award. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.
11.2. EXCHANGE PROVISIONS. The Committee may at any time offer to exchange or buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Stock, or another Award (subject to Section 13.2), based on the terms and conditions the Committee determines and communicates to the Participant at the time the offer is made, and after taking into account the tax, securities and accounting effects of such an exchange.
11.3. TERM OF AWARD. The term of each Award shall be for the period as determined by the Committee, provided that in no event shall the term of any Incentive Stock Option granted in tandem with the Incentive Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant (or, if Section 7.2(e) applies, five years from the date of its grant).
11.4. FORM OF PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable law or Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary on the grant or exercise of an Award may be made in such form as the Committee determines at or after the time of grant, including without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or any combination, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case determined in accordance with rules adopted by, and at the discretion of, the Committee.
11.5. LIMITS ON TRANSFER. No right or interest of a Participant in any unexercised or restricted Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary. No unexercised or restricted Award shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a domestic relations order that would satisfy Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code if such Section applied to an Award under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may (but need not) permit other transfers where the Committee concludes that such transferability (i) does not result in accelerated taxation, (ii) does not cause any Option intended to be an incentive stock option to fail to be described in Code Section 422(b), and (iii) is
otherwise appropriate and desirable, taking into account any factors deemed relevant, including without limitation, any state or federal tax or securities laws or regulations applicable to transferable Awards.
11.6 BENEFICIARIES. Notwithstanding Section 11.5, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant's death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant's estate. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.
11.7. STOCK CERTIFICATES. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal or state securities laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.
11.8 ACCELERATION UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Participant's Award Agreement to the contrary, upon the Participant's death or Disability during his employment or service as a director, or upon the Participant's Retirement, all of his outstanding Options shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions on his other outstanding Awards shall lapse; provided, however that this acceleration of exercisability and vesting shall apply only with respect to Options and Awards that have been held by the Participant for at least one year as of the date of his death, Disability or Retirement. Any Options shall thereafter continue or lapse in accordance with the other provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options.
11.9. ACCELERATION UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL. Except as otherwise
provided in the Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all
outstanding Options, and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be
exercised shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions on outstanding
Awards shall lapse; provided, however that such acceleration will not occur if,
in the opinion of the Company's accountants, such acceleration would preclude
the use of "pooling of interest" accounting treatment for a Change in Control
transaction that (a) would otherwise qualify for such accounting treatment, and
(b) is contingent upon qualifying for such accounting treatment. To the extent
that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the
dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options.
11.10. ACCELERATION UPON CERTAIN EVENTS NOT CONSTITUTING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of the occurrence of any circumstance, transaction or event not constituting a Change in Control (as defined in Section 3.1) but which the Board of Directors deems to be, or to be reasonably likely to lead to, an effective change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of the 1934 Act, the Committee may in its sole discretion declare all outstanding Options and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised to be fully exercisable, and/or all restrictions on all outstanding Awards to have lapsed, in each case, as of such date as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, declare, which may be on or before the consummation of such transaction or event. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options.
11.11. ACCELERATION FOR ANY OTHER REASON. Regardless of whether an event has occurred as described in Section 11.8, 11.9 or 11.10 above, the Committee may in its sole discretion at any time determine that all or a portion of a Participant's Options and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised shall become fully or partially exercisable, and/or that all or a part of the restrictions on all or a portion of the outstanding Awards shall lapse, in each case, as of such date as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, declare. The Committee may discriminate among Participants and among Awards granted to a Participant in exercising its discretion pursuant to this Section 11.11.
11.12 EFFECT OF ACCELERATION. If an Award is accelerated under
Section 11.9 or 11.10, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide (i)
that the Award will expire after a designated period of time after such
acceleration to the extent not then exercised, (ii) that the Award will be
settled in cash rather than Stock, (iii) that the Award will be assumed by
another party to the transaction giving rise to the acceleration or otherwise be
equitably converted in connection with such transaction, or (iv) any combination
of the foregoing. The Committee's determination need not be uniform and may be
different for different Participants whether or not such Participants are
similarly situated.
11.13. PERFORMANCE GOALS. The Committee may determine that any Award granted pursuant to this Plan to a Participant (including, but not limited to, Participants who are Covered Employees) shall be determined solely on the basis of (a) the achievement by the Company (or one or more Subsidiaries or divisions of the Company) of a specified target return, or target growth in return, on equity or assets, (b) the Company's stock price, (c) the achievement by the Company (or one or more Subsidiaries or divisions of the Company) of a specified target, or target growth in, revenues, net income (which may be on a pre-tax or after-tax basis) or earnings per share, (d) the achievement of objectively determinable goals with respect to service or product
delivery, service or product quality, sales, inventory management, customer satisfaction, meeting budgets and/or retention of employees, or (e) any combination of the goals set forth in (a) through (d) above. If an Award is made on such basis, the Committee shall establish goals not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of the period for which such performance goal relates (or such other date as may be permitted or required under Code Section 162(m) or the regulations thereunder) and the Committee may for any reason reduce (but not increase) any Award, notwithstanding the achievement of a specified goal. Any payment of an Award granted with performance goals shall be conditioned on the written certification of the Committee in each case that the performance goals and any other material conditions were satisfied.
11.14. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Whether military, government or other service or other leave of absence shall constitute a termination of employment shall be determined in each case by the Committee at its discretion, and any determination by the Committee shall be final and conclusive. A termination of employment shall not occur in a circumstance in which a Participant transfers from the Company to one of its Parents or Subsidiaries, transfers from a Parent or Subsidiary to the Company, or transfers from one Parent or Subsidiary to another Parent or Subsidiary.
ARTICLE 12
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE
12.1. GENERAL. In the event a stock dividend is declared upon the Stock, the authorization limits under Section 5.1 and 5.4 shall be increased proportionately, and the shares of Stock then subject to each Award shall be increased proportionately without any change in the aggregate purchase price therefor. In the event the Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock or securities of the Company or of another corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share exchange, stock split-up, combination of shares, merger or consolidation, the authorization limits under Section 5.1 and 5.4 shall be adjusted proportionately, and there shall be substituted for each such share of Stock then subject to each Award the number and class of shares into which each outstanding share of Stock shall be so exchanged, all without any change in the aggregate purchase price for the shares then subject to each Award, or, subject to Section 13.2, there shall be made such other equitable adjustment as the Committee shall approve.
ARTICLE 13
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
13.1. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION. The Board or the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, amend, modify or terminate the Plan without shareholder approval; provided, however, that the Board or Committee may condition any amendment or modification on the approval of shareholders of the Company if such approval is necessary or deemed advisable with respect to tax, securities
or other applicable laws, policies or regulations.
13.2. AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED. At any time and from time to time, the Committee may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award without approval of the Participant; provided, however, that, subject to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, such amendment, modification or termination shall not, without the Participant's consent, reduce or diminish the value of such Award determined as if the Award had been exercised, vested, cashed in or otherwise settled on the date of such amendment or termination, and provided further that, except as otherwise permitted in the Plan, the exercise price of any Option may not be reduced and the original term of any Option may not be extended. No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.
ARTICLE 14
GENERAL PROVISIONS
14.1. NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS. No Participant or eligible participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants or eligible participants uniformly.
14.2. NO SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.
14.3. WITHHOLDING. The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. With respect to withholding required upon any taxable event under the Plan, the Committee may, at the time the Award is granted or thereafter, require that any such withholding requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding equal to the amount required to be withheld for tax purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Committee establishes.
14.4. NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment or status as an officer or director at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
14.5. UNFUNDED STATUS OF AWARDS. The Plan is intended to be an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any
Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
14.6. INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which such member may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such member in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him provided he gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.
14.7. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER BENEFITS. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or benefit plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary unless provided otherwise in such other plan.
14.8. EXPENSES. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Parents or Subsidiaries.
14.9. TITLES AND HEADINGS. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
14.10. GENDER AND NUMBER. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
14.11. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up.
14.12. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS. The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register under the 1933 Act, or any state securities act, any of the shares of Stock paid under the Plan. The shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, and the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.
14.13. GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not governed by federal law, the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.
14.14 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine; provided that such other terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan.
The foregoing is hereby acknowledged as being the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan as adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 15, 1999 and approved by the Company's shareholders on April 19, 1999, as amended and restated by the Board of Directors on November 19, 2001.
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
By: /s/ Carol Yancey --------------------------- Its: Vice President and Corporate Secretary -------------------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 10.56
AMENDMENT
TO THE
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
1992 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
This Amendment ("Amendment") to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "1992 Plan") is made and executed this 19th day of November, 2001, to be effective as of November 19, 2001.
Pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company dated November 19, 2001, in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Plan, the 1992 Plan is hereby amended as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS OF DISABILITY AND RETIREMENT. The 1992 Plan be and hereby is amended by adding to Section 1.2 thereof the following definitions of the terms "Disability" and "Retirement" and by renumbering the remaining provisions of Section 1.2 accordingly:
"(e) "Disability" shall mean any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Grantee that renders the Grantee incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which, in the judgment of the Committee, is permanent and continuous in nature. The Committee may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Grantee's condition. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code."
"(t) "Retirement" means termination of employment with the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary after attaining age 65."
2. ACCELERATION OF VESTING OF OPTIONS UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. The 1992 Plan be and hereby is amended by adding the following sentences after the second sentence of Section 2.5 thereof:
"Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision in the Grantee's Option Agreement to the contrary, upon the Grantee's death or Disability during his employment, or upon his Retirement, all of the Grantee's outstanding Options that have been held by him for at least one year as of the date of his death, Disability or Retirement shall become fully exercisable and shall thereafter continue or lapse in accordance with the other provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 2.10, the excess Options shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options."
3. ACCELERATION OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. The 1992 Plan be and hereby is amended by adding the following sentence after the second sentence of Section 3.8 thereof:
"Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision in the Grantee's Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, upon the Grantee's death or Disability during his employment, or upon his Retirement, all of the Grantee's outstanding Restricted Stock Awards that have been held by him for at least one year as of such date shall become fully vested as of the date of his death, Disability or Retirement."
4. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. As modified hereby, the provisions of the 1992 Plan shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
By: /s/ Carol B. Yancey --------------------------- Carol B. Yancey Vice President and Corporate Secretary |
selected financial data
(in thousands, except per share data) Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
8,258,927
$
8,220,668
$
8,369,857
$
7,950,822
$
6,587,576
5,704,749
5,699,174
**
5,764,360
5,436,056
4,468,568
1,948,442
1,951,559
**
1,958,747
1,886,699
1,529,891
73,922
**
605,736
496,013
646,750
628,067
589,117
238,236
198,866
261,427
250,445
233,323
367,500
297,147
385,323
377,622
355,794
395,090
*
$
(27,590
)
$
297,147
$
385,323
$
377,622
$
355,794
175,104
173,633
175,327
179,238
180,081
$
2.10
$
2.08
$
2.20
$
2.11
$
1.98
(0.16
)
1.71
2.20
2.11
1.98
1.16
1.14
1.10
1.04
1.00
30.80
36.70
26.19
24.81
33.44
674,796
835,580
770,581
702,417
588,640
2,130,009
2,345,123
2,260,806
2,177,517
2,053,332
$
4,019,843
$
4,206,646
$
4,142,114
$
3,929,672
$
3,600,380
* | The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2002 represents a non-cash charge related to the impairment testing for goodwill in conjunction with the new Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. If the Company had applied the non-amortization provisions of Statement 142 for all periods presented, net income and diluted income per common share would have increased by approximately $11.9 million ($0.07 per share), $11.4 million ($0.06 per share), $10.7 million ($0.06 per share), and $4.1 million ($0.02 per share) for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. | |
** | Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges (2001 Charges) totaled $107.8 million pre-tax in 2001 and $64.4 million after tax. The pre-tax charges include $17.4 million classified in cost of goods sold and $16.4 million classified in selling, administrative and other expenses. |
market and dividend information
Sales Price of Common Shares
Quarter
2002
2001
High
Low
High
Low
$
38.08
$
33.92
$
28.45
$
23.91
37.80
34.17
31.50
25.28
33.63
27.64
34.56
26.93
32.00
29.48
37.94
31.85
Dividends Declared Per Share
2002
2001
$
0.29
$
.285
0.29
.285
0.29
.285
0.29
.285
Number of Record Holders of Common Stock: 7,773
16
segment data
(dollars in thousands) Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
1999
1998
$
4,335,362
$
4,252,913
$
4,163,814
$
4,084,775
$
3,262,406
2,246,124
2,234,241
2,342,686
2,156,134
2,008,789
1,396,453
1,379,859
1,336,500
1,218,367
1,122,420
315,826
387,771
557,866
522,411
220,417
(34,838
)
(34,116
)
(31,009
)
(30,865
)
(26,456
)
$
8,258,927
$
8,220,668
$
8,369,857
$
7,950,822
$
6,587,576
$
381,771
$
378,162
$
381,250
$
383,830
$
330,988
178,027
172,208
206,193
186,203
176,456
140,912
141,762
134,343
118,345
113,821
2,756
3,229
28,010
23,343
12,030
703,466
695,361
749,796
711,721
633,295
(59,640
)
(59,416
)
(63,496
)
(41,487
)
(20,096
)
(33,354
)
(27,670
)
(23,277
)
(22,283
)
(19,545
)
(3,675
)
3,329
(2,421
)
(14,333
)
(13,843
)
(12,708
)
(5,157
)
(2,315
)
(3,077
)
(2,430
)
(3,501
)
(2,709
)
(94,852
)
$
605,736
$
496,013
$
646,750
$
628,067
$
589,117
$
2,242,227
$
2,219,503
$
2,099,610
$
2,034,417
$
1,966,774
1,013,259
867,716
840,585
758,206
671,454
581,203
538,468
542,406
503,904
442,220
98,225
121,721
190,635
174,258
147,074
26,224
17,160
17,443
18,588
18,385
58,705
442,078
451,435
440,299
354,473
$
4,019,843
$
4,206,646
$
4,142,114
$
3,929,672
$
3,600,380
$
43,007
$
45,094
$
51,546
$
51,563
$
43,637
10,789
11,992
11,617
10,926
8,619
9,856
9,345
9,598
8,814
8,391
3,422
4,009
4,391
4,173
1,508
656
1,020
1,308
1,783
1,993
2,421
14,333
13,843
12,708
5,157
$
70,151
$
85,793
$
92,303
$
89,967
$
69,305
$
38,599
$
26,766
$
35,031
$
57,710
$
69,154
10,868
6,388
20,054
11,275
6,972
13,376
5,941
9,116
16,085
6,901
224
2,466
3,183
3,113
4,688
1,691
383
3,745
100
546
$
64,758
$
41,944
$
71,129
$
88,283
$
88,261
$
7,568,926
$
7,526,631
$
7,665,498
$
7,345,707
$
6,535,020
623,686
629,330
633,715
585,504
79,012
101,153
98,823
101,653
50,476
(34,838
)
(34,116
)
(31,009
)
(30,865
)
(26,456
)
$
8,258,927
$
8,220,668
$
8,369,857
$
7,950,822
$
6,587,576
$
339,495
$
579,635
$
618,818
$
620,837
$
545,452
47,522
182,041
201,895
207,672
187,951
4,739
25,534
25,982
25,333
15,338
$
391,756
$
787,210
$
846,695
$
853,842
$
748,741
17
managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
Results of Operations:
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2001
Cost of goods sold was 69.1% of net sales in 2002 as compared to 69.3% in 2001. The decrease can be attributed to more efficient supply chain costs, inventory mix and certain inventory related exit costs in 2001. Selling, administrative, and other expenses of $1.9 billion were flat as compared to 2001, and slightly down from the previous year as a percentage of sales.
Operating profit as a percentage of sales was 8.5% for the year, which was flat with 2001. These results are reflective of the overall economic conditions, as well as the fixed costs inherent in distribution, which have continued to impact operating margins. Automotive operating margins decreased slightly from 8.9% in 2001 to 8.8% in 2002. Costs associated with new store openings were only partially offset by cost reductions associated with distribution center closings and other headcount reductions. Industrial operating margins increased from 7.7% in 2001 to 7.9% in 2002, reflecting cost and headcount reductions resulting from branch closings. Office Products margins decreased slightly from 10.3% in 2001 to 10.1% in 2002. Our Electrical and Electronic segment increased their margins slightly.
The effective income tax rate decreased from 40.1% to 39.3% for the year, primarily as a result of the decrease in non-deductible goodwill amortization due to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142). Net income, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill, was 4.5% of net sales as compared to 3.6% in 2001. Net income for 2002, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill impairment was $368 million, an increase of 2%, compared to $362 million, before the Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges (2001 Charges) as discussed below, for the same period in the prior year. On a per share diluted basis, net income for the period, before the 2002 cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill and the 2001 Charges equaled $2.10, as compared to $2.08 reported in 2001. After the 2002 cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill and the 2001 Charges, the net loss was $28 million, or $.16 diluted loss per share for 2002, as compared to net income in 2001 of $297 million, or $1.71 diluted earnings per share.
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND 2000
Cost of goods sold was 69.3% of net sales in 2001 as compared to 68.9% in 2000. The slight increase in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales is primarily attributable to continued pricing pressures resulting from the recessionary economic conditions coupled with inventory-related exit costs discussed below totaling approximately $17.4 million. Selling, administrative and other expenses of $1.9 billion were flat
18
from 2001 to 2000. At 23.7% of net sales in 2001, these expenses increased slightly from 23.4% in 2000. Excluding the effect of the 2001 Charges, selling, administrative, and other expenses declined by just over 1%, generally consistent with the sales decrease.
Operating profit as a percentage of sales was 8.5% in 2001 as compared to 9.0% in 2000. These results are reflective of the overall economic conditions in 2001 and the fixed costs inherent in distribution. Automotive operating margins decreased slightly from 9.2% in 2000 to 8.9% in 2001. Office operating margins showed slight improvement from 10.1% in 2000 to 10.3% in 2001. The current economic conditions continued to place the most pressure on the Industrial and Electrical segment. Industrial margins declined to 7.7% in 2001 from 8.8% in 2000. EIS, with a sales decrease in 2001 of 30%, had an operating margin of 1% in 2001 and 5% in 2000. The margin decline at EIS is because the operating expenses associated with EIS business could not be reduced to the extent of the sales decline.
The effective income tax rate was 40.1% in 2001 as compared to 40.4% in 2000.
Net income in 2001 was $297 million, reflecting a 23% decrease over 2000 net
income. Net income as a percent of net sales was 3.6% in 2001 as compared to
4.6% in 2000. Excluding the effect of the Facility Consolidation, Impairment and
Other Charges, net income was down 6% from 2000 and was 4.4% of sales. This
decrease in net income is primarily attributable to the sales decline. In 2001,
diluted earnings per share were $1.71, a 22% decrease from $2.20 reported in
2000. Excluding the 2001 Charges, diluted earnings per share were $2.08, a 5%
decrease from 2000.
FACILITY CONSOLIDATION, IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER CHARGES
Paid in
Liability at
Paid in
Liability at
Total
Non-cash
2001
Dec. 31, 2001
2002
Dec. 31, 2002
$
49,400
$
(49,400
)
$
$
$
$
17,900
(6,900
)
(300
)
10,700
(4,800
)
5,900
6,700
(100
)
6,600
(4,800
)
1,800
17,400
(17,400
)
16,400
(15,800
)
600
(300
)
300
$
107,800
$
(89,500
)
$
(400
)
$
17,900
$
(9,900
)
$
8,000
Impairment charges are primarily comprised of two separate technology projects: (1) an abandoned software system implementation in the Office Products Group totaling approximately $30 million, and (2) an impaired technology-related venture in the Automotive Group totaling approximately $15 million for which the Company projects the undiscounted cash flows to be less than the carrying amount of the related investment. Facility consolidation expenses relate to facility consolidations in each of the Companys business segments. In 2001, the Company identified certain distribution, branch and retail facilities that were to be closed prior to December 31, 2002. The Company appropriately accrued the estimated lease obligation from the planned exit date through the end of the contractual lease term, net of estimated sublease income. The facility consolidations did not result in any material decline in net sales, as all such closed facilities have been served by other Company-operated facilities.
Severance expenses include charges for employees who have been involuntarily terminated in connection with the Companys facility consolidations. All terminations occurred prior to December 31, 2002. Inventory-related exit costs relate to inventory considered by the Company to be impaired as a result of the facility consolidations described above and related inventory rationalization and optimization programs.
19
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)
All inventory-related exit costs have been classified as cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. Other charges have been classified as a component of selling, administrative, and other expenses.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
During the first quarter of 2002, the Company completed its transitional
impairment testing of goodwill as required by SFAS 142. As a result, a non-cash
charge of $395.1 million was recorded as of January 1, 2002 representing the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Most of the goodwill
written down is in connection with acquisitions made in 1998 and 1999 where the
discounted cash flows was estimated to be less than the carrying amount of the
goodwill recorded. The breakdown of this impairment by reportable segment is
summarized as follows, in thousands:
Transitional impairment losses
$
213,401
19,512
6,566
155,611
$
395,090
In addition, the adoption of the non-amortization provisions of SFAS 142 resulted in a decrease in amortization expense of approximately $12 million, or $.07 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2002.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
On November 30, 2001, the Company completed a $500 million financing arrangement with a consortium of financial institutions and insurance companies. At December 31, 2002, the Company had unsecured Senior Notes outstanding under this financing arrangement as follows: $250 million, Series A, 5.86% fixed, due 2008; and $250 million, Series B, 6.23% fixed, due 2011. In addition, at December 31, 2002, the Company had $100 million outstanding on a $200 million unsecured revolving line of credit, LIBOR plus .55%, due 2003, and an unsecured term note in the amount of $171 million, LIBOR plus .55%, due 2004; and $20 million in other borrowings. Certain borrowings contain covenants related to a maximum debt-to-equity ratio, a minimum fixed-charge coverage ratio, and certain limitations on additional borrowings. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The weighted average interest rate on the Companys outstanding borrowings was approximately 4.8% and 5.3% at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Total interest expense for all borrowings was $59.6 million and $59.4 million 2002 and 2001, respectively.
The Company also has an $85 million construction and lease facility. Properties acquired by the lessor are constructed and then leased to the Company under operating lease agreements. The total amount advanced and outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2002 was approximately $66 million. Since the resulting leases are operating leases, no debt obligation is recorded on the Companys balance sheet. This construction and lease facility expires in 2008. Lease pay-
20
ments fluctuate based upon current interest rates and are generally based upon LIBOR plus .55%. The lease facility contains residual value guarantee provisions and guarantees under events of default. Although management believes the likelihood of funding to be remote, the maximum guarantee obligation under the construction and lease facility is approximately $66 million at December 31, 2002. In addition, the Company guaranteed borrowings of affiliates totaling approximately $61.4 million and $59.7 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
In August 1999, the Company completed the repurchase of 15 million shares authorized by the Board of Directors in 1994. The Board authorized the repurchase of an additional 15 million shares on April 19, 1999. Through December 31, 2002, approximately 7.8 million shares have been repurchased under this new authorization.
The following table shows the Companys approximate obligations and commitments
to make future payments under contractual obligations as of December 31, 2002
(in thousands):
Period less
Period 1-3
Period 4-5
Period over
Total
than 1 year
years
years
5 years
$
791,701
$
116,905
$
174,796
$
500,000
375,850
101,728
125,877
60,921
87,324
$
1,167,551
$
218,633
$
300,673
$
60,921
$
587,324
The Company has certain commercial commitments related to affiliate borrowing
guarantees and residual values under operating leases. The Company believes the
likelihood of any significant amounts being funded in connection with these
commitments to be remote. The following table shows the Companys approximate
commercial commitments as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):
Total
Period
Period
Period
Period
Amounts
less than
1-3
4-5
over
Committed
1 year
years
years
5 years
$
61,350
$
21,372
$
6,903
$
4,701
$
28,374
52,800
52,800
$
114,150
$
21,372
$
6,903
$
4,701
$
81,174
The Company manages its exposure to changes in short-term interest rates, particularly to reduce the impact on its floating-rate term notes, by entering into interest rate swap agreements. The Company has interest rate swaps with fair value of approximately $15.6 million and $31.6 million outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively. The decrease in fair values since December 31, 2001 is primarily due to normal settlement of monthly payments due on swaps during the year ended December 31, 2002, as well as the early termination of certain swaps, offset by increases in the fair value of the liability on outstanding swaps during the period.
The following table shows the activity of the Companys liability for interest
rate swap agreements for the period from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002
(in thousands):
$
31,570
(35,580
)
19,653
$
15,643
This interest rate swap liability is included in other accrued expenses in the Companys consolidated balance sheet. Other than interest rate swaps, the Company does not have any other derivative instruments. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
The Companys exposure to future declines in interest rates associated with fixed rate interest rate swap agreements has been reduced significantly since December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2001, the Company had fixed interest rate payment swap agreements outstanding in the notional amount of approximately $600 million. At December 31, 2002, the notional amount of these outstanding interest swap agreements was approximately $100 million, comprised of two $50 million notional swaps with maturity dates of 2005 and 2008. In addition, at December 31, 2002, approximately $500 million of the Companys total borrowings, which mature in approximately six and nine years, are at fixed rates of interest. A 1% adverse change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on future earnings and cash flows of the Company.
21
managements discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (continued)
The ratio of current assets to current liabilities is 3.1 to 1 at December 31, 2002, and the Companys cash position is good. The Company believes existing credit facilities and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund future operations.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Inventories Provisions for Slow Moving and Obsolescence
The Company identifies slow moving or obsolete inventories and estimates appropriate loss provisions related thereto. Historically, these loss provisions have not been significant as the vast majority of the Companys inventories are not highly susceptible to obsolescence and are eligible for return under various vendor return programs. While the Company has no reason to believe its inventory return privileges will be discontinued in the future, its risk of loss associated with obsolete or slow moving inventories would increase if such were to occur.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Methodology
The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Initially, the Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net sales based on historical bad debt experience. This initial estimate is periodically adjusted when the Company becomes aware of a specific customers inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filing) or as a result of changes in the overall aging of accounts receivable. While the Company has a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, a general economic downturn in any of the industry segments in which the Company operates could result in higher than expected defaults, and, therefore, the need to revise estimates for bad debts. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company recorded provisions for bad debts of $20.9 million, $26.5 million and $13.9 million, respectively.
Consideration Received from Vendors
The Company enters into agreements at the beginning of each year with many of its vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates and advertising allowances. Generally, the Company earns inventory purchase rebates upon achieving specified volume purchasing levels and advertising allowances upon fulfilling its obligations related to cooperative advertising programs. The Company accrues for the receipt of inventory purchase rebates as part of its inventory cost based on cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected inventory purchases through the end of the year, and, in the case of advertising allowances, upon completion of the Companys obligations related thereto. While management believes the Company will continue to receive such amounts in 2003 and beyond, there can be no assurance that vendors will continue to provide comparable amounts of rebates and allowances in the future.
Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
At least annually, the Company evaluates property, plant and equipment and goodwill and other intangible assets for potential impairment indicators. The Companys judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions and operational performance. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that assets associated with a particular operation are impaired. Evaluating the impairment also requires the Company to estimate future operating results and cash flows which require judgment by management. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Companys financial condition and results of operations.
Quarterly Results of Operations:
The preparation of interim consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions for the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements. Specifically, the Company makes certain estimates in its interim consolidated financial statements for the accrual of bad debts, inventory adjustments, and volume rebates earned. Bad debts are accrued based on a percentage of sales and volume rebates are estimated based upon cumulative and projected purchasing levels. Inventory adjustments are accrued on an interim basis and adjusted in the fourth quarter based on the annual October 31 book-to-physical inventory adjustment. The methodology and practices
22
used in deriving estimates for interim reporting typically result in adjustments upon accurate determination at year-end. The effect of these adjustments in 2002 and 2001 was not significant.
The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill impairment as discussed above resulted in a decrease in net income in the first quarter of 2002 of $2.26 per share. Without the cumulative effect adjustment, diluted income per share would have been $.50 in the quarter ended March 31, 2002. The 2001 Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges discussed above resulted in a decrease in net income in the fourth quarter of 2001 of $.37 per share diluted. Without the 2001 Charges, diluted income per share would have been $.51 per share in the quarter ended December 31, 2001.
The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years
ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.
Three Months Ended
March 31,
June 30,
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
(in thousands except for per share data)
$
1,977,743
$
2,130,924
$
2,156,759
$
1,993,501
603,969
644,232
649,793
656,184
87,027
96,047
94,027
90,399
(395,090
)
(308,063
)
96,047
94,027
90,399
.50
.55
.54
.52
(1.76
)
.55
.54
.52
$
2,054,972
$
2,118,976
$
2,099,191
$
1,947,529
623,159
642,977
630,312
625,046
89,273
94,688
88,216
24,970
.52
.55
.51
.14
Forward-looking Statements:
Statements in this report constitute forward-looking statements that are subject to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Company cautions that its forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The Company undertakes no duty to update its forward-looking statements, which reflect the Companys beliefs, expectations, and plans as of the present. Actual results or events may differ materially from those indicated as a result of various important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changes in general economic conditions, the growth rate of the market for the Companys products and services, the ability to maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships, competitive product and pricing pressures, the effectiveness of the Companys promotional, marketing and advertising programs, changes in laws and regulations, including changes in accounting and taxation guidance, the uncertainties of litigation, as well as other risks and uncertainties discussed from time to time in the Companys filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
23
report of management
Genuine Parts Company
We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related information included herein for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. The opinion of Ernst & Young LLP, the Companys independent auditors, on those financial statements is included herein. The primary responsibility for the integrity of the financial information included in this annual report rests with management. Such information was prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles appropriate in the circumstances based on our best estimates and judgements and giving due consideration to materiality.
Genuine Parts Company maintains internal accounting control systems which are adequate to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use and which produce records adequate for preparation of financial information. The system and controls and compliance therewith are reviewed by an extensive program of internal audits and by our independent auditors. There are limits inherent in all systems of internal accounting control based on the recognition that the cost of such a system should not exceed the benefits to be derived. We believe the Companys system provides this appropriate balance.
The Audit Committee of Genuine Parts Companys Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Companys financial reports and accounting practices to ascertain that they are within acceptable limits of sound practice in such matters. The membership of the Committee consists of non-employee Directors. At periodic meetings, the Audit Committee discusses audit and financial reporting matters and the internal audit function with representatives of financial management and with representatives from Ernst & Young LLP.
JERRY W. NIX
Executive Vice President -
Finance and Chief Financial Officer
February 4, 2003
report of independent auditors
Board of Directors
Genuine Parts Company
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As discussed in Note 2, effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
February 4, 2003
Atlanta, Georgia
24
consolidated balance sheets
(dollars in thousands) December 31,
2002
2001
$
19,995
$
85,770
1,039,843
1,010,728
2,144,787
1,890,037
131,150
159,677
3,335,775
3,146,212
58,705
442,078
292,312
273,224
36,562
37,465
124,546
127,639
171,943
180,028
333,051
345,132
$
4,019,843
$
4,206,646
$
735,183
$
644,084
116,905
57,190
63,825
62,395
81,882
106,099
50,557
49,413
21,366
1,069,718
919,181
674,796
835,580
97,912
60,985
47,408
45,777
174,381
173,474
44,371
16,080
(60,522
)
(46,094
)
1,971,779
2,201,663
2,130,009
2,345,123
$
4,019,843
$
4,206,646
See accompanying notes.
25
consolidated statements of income
(in thousands, except per share data) Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
8,258,927
$
8,220,668
$
8,369,857
5,704,749
5,699,174
5,764,360
2,554,178
2,521,494
2,605,497
1,948,442
1,951,559
1,958,747
73,922
605,736
496,013
646,750
238,236
198,866
261,427
367,500
297,147
385,323
(395,090
)
$
(27,590
)
$
297,147
$
385,323
$
2.11
$
1.72
$
2.20
(2.27
)
$
(0.16
)
$
1.72
$
2.20
$
2.10
$
1.71
$
2.20
(2.26
)
$
(0.16
)
$
1.71
$
2.20
174,369
172,765
175,009
735
868
318
175,104
173,633
175,327
See accompanying notes.
26
consolidated statements of shareholders equity
Accumulated
Common Stock
Additional
Other
Total
Paid-in
Comprehensive
Retained
Shareholders'
dollars in thousands
Shares
Amount
Capital
Income (Loss)
Earnings
Equity
177,275,602
$
177,276
$
$
(6,857
)
$
2,007,098
$
2,177,517
385,323
385,323
(6,184
)
(6,184
)
379,139
(192,455
)
(192,455
)
386
8
8
(5,466,029
)
(5,466
)
(13,840
)
(98,509
)
(117,815
)
579,729
580
13,832
14,412
172,389,688
172,390
(13,041
)
2,101,457
2,260,806
297,147
297,147
(12,252
)
(12,252
)
(20,801
)
(20,801
)
264,094
(196,941
)
(196,941
)
936,978
937
13,464
14,401
(496,025
)
(496
)
(12,162
)
(12,658
)
643,303
643
14,778
15,421
173,473,944
173,474
16,080
(46,094
)
2,201,663
2,345,123
(27,590
)
(27,590
)
(17,960
)
(17,960
)
3,532
3,532
(42,018
)
(202,294
)
(202,294
)
1,286,697
1,287
39,190
40,477
(389,434
)
(389
)
(11,226
)
(11,615
)
9,427
9
327
336
174,380,634
$
174,381
$
44,371
$
(60,522
)
$
1,971,779
$
2,130,009
27
consolidated statements of cash flows
(dollars in thousands) Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
(27,590
)
$
297,147
$
385,323
70,151
85,793
92,303
(25
)
(1,626
)
(5,674
)
43,995
(21,704
)
(6,714
)
395,090
89,500
2,315
3,077
2,430
4,468
2,488
(27,380
)
6,974
(14,298
)
(243,005
)
(45,063
)
(84,508
)
88,215
7,354
50,899
(33,826
)
(88,300
)
(105,336
)
299,998
38,493
(70,898
)
272,408
335,640
314,425
(64,758
)
(41,944
)
(71,129
)
10,137
5,261
10,605
(6,042
)
(16,358
)
(46,226
)
(60,663
)
(53,041
)
(106,750
)
1,021,168
3,223,466
2,813,820
(1,122,237
)
(3,251,769
)
(2,731,601
)
36,009
11,913
8
(201,150
)
(195,022
)
(189,995
)
(11,615
)
(12,658
)
(117,815
)
(277,825
)
(224,070
)
(225,583
)
305
(497
)
(89
)
(65,775
)
58,032
(17,997
)
85,770
27,738
45,735
$
19,995
$
85,770
$
27,738
$
173,595
$
257,280
$
252,416
$
60,807
$
60,461
$
61,750
See accompanying notes.
28
notes to consolidated financial statements
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business
Genuine Parts Company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries (the Company) is a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials. The Company serves a diverse customer base through more than 1,850 locations in North America and, therefore, has limited exposure from credit losses to any particular customer or industry segment. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers financial condition and generally does not require collateral.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company. Income applicable to minority interests is included in other expenses. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates and the differences could be material.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenues from product sales upon shipment to its customers.
Foreign Currency Translation
The consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of the Companys foreign subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at the current and average exchange rates, respectively. The foreign currency translation adjustment is included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
Trade Accounts Receivable and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company evaluates the collectibility of trade accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Initially, the Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net sales based on historical bad debt experience. This initial estimate is periodically adjusted when the Company becomes aware of a specific customers inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g. bankruptcy filing) or as a result of changes in the overall aging of accounts receivable. While the Company has a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, a general economic downturn in any of the industry segments in which the Company operates could result in higher than expected defaults, and, therefore, the need to revise estimates for bad debts. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the Company recorded provisions for bad debts of approximately $20,900,000, $26,500,000, and $13,900,000, respectively.
Merchandise Inventories, including Consideration Received from Vendors
Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for a majority of automotive parts, electrical/electronic materials, and industrial parts, and by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method for office products and certain other inventories. If the FIFO method had been used for all inventories, cost would have been approximately $181,220,000 and $173,488,000 higher than reported at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
The Company identifies slow moving or obsolete inventories and estimates appropriate provisions related thereto. Historically, these losses have not been significant as the vast majority of the Companys inventories are not highly susceptible to obsolescence and are eligible for return under various vendor return programs. While the Company has no reason to believe its inventory return privileges will be discontinued in the future, its risk of loss associated with obsolete or slow moving inventories would increase if such were to occur.
The Company enters into agreements at the beginning of each year with many of its vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates and advertising allowances. Generally, the Company earns inventory purchase rebates upon achieving specified volume purchasing levels and advertising allowances upon fulfilling its obligations related to cooperative advertising programs. The Company accrues for the receipt of inventory purchase rebates as part of its inventory cost based on cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected inventory purchases through the end of the year, and, in the case of advertising allowances, upon completion of the Companys obligations related thereto. While management believes the Company will continue to receive consideration from vendors in 2003 and beyond, there can be no assurance that vendors will continue to provide comparable amounts of rebates and allowances in the future.
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid expenses, amounts due from vendors, income taxes receivable in 2001, and deferred income taxes.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets primarily represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS No. 142). SFAS No. 142 requires that entities assess the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis effective beginning in 2002. When the fair value is less than the related carrying value, entities are required to reduce the amount of goodwill (see Note 2). The approach to evaluating the recoverability of goodwill as outlined in SFAS No. 142 requires the use of valuation techniques utilizing estimates and assumptions about projected future operating results and other variables. The impairment only approach required by SFAS No. 142 may have the effect of increasing the volatility of the Companys earnings if additional goodwill impairment occurs at a future date.
29
notes to consolidated financial statements, continued
SFAS No. 142 also requires that entities discontinue amortization of all purchased goodwill, including amortization of goodwill recorded in past business combinations. Accordingly, the Company no longer amortized goodwill beginning in 2002.
Goodwill amortization expense was $11,912,000 and $11,422,000 in 2001 and 2000, respectively. Accumulated amortization for goodwill at December 31, 2001 was $51,134,000.
Other Assets
Other assets consist primarily of a prepaid pension asset, an investment accounted for under the cost method, and certain costs of internal-use information systems under development.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is primarily determined on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful life of each asset: buildings and improvements, 10 to 40 years; machinery and equipment, 5 to 15 years.
Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill
The Company assesses its long-lived assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
fully recoverable. To analyze recoverability, the Company projects undiscounted net future cash flows over the remaining life of such assets. If these
projected cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment would be recognized, resulting in a write-down of assets with a corresponding charge
to earnings. Impairment losses, if any, are measured based upon the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of the following:
(Dollars in Thousands) December 31
2002
2001
$
43,253
$
25,293
17,269
20,801
$
60,522
$
46,094
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amount reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values based on the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of interest rate swap agreements, included in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet, was approximately $15,643,000 and $31,570,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The fair value of derivative financial instruments has been determined based on quoted market prices. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the carrying amount for variable rate long-term debt approximates fair market value since the interest rates on these instruments are reset periodically to current market rates. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair market value of fixed rate long-term debt was approximately $537,000,000 and $500,000,000, respectively, based primarily on quoted prices for these or similar instruments. The fair value of fixed rate long-term debt was estimated by calculating the present value of anticipated cash flows. The discount rate used was an estimated borrowing rate for similar debt instruments with like maturities.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
From time to time, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to synthetically manage the interest rate characteristics of a portion of its outstanding debt and to limit the Companys exposure to rising interest rates. The Company designates at inception that interest rate swap agreements hedge risks associated with future variable interest payments and monitors each swap agreement to determine if it remains an effective hedge. The effectiveness of the derivative as a hedge is based on a high correlation between changes in the value of the underlying hedged item. Ineffectiveness related to the Companys derivative transactions is not material. The Company records amounts to be received or paid as a result of interest swap agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. All of the Companys interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges. Gains or losses on terminations or redesignation of interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest expense of the related debt instrument over the remaining term of the original contract life of the agreements. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are classified as selling, administrative and other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and totaled approximately $200,000,000, $198,000,000 and $200,000,000 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.
Stock Compensation
Until January 1, 2003, the Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25), and related Interpretations in accounting for stock compensation. Under APB 25, no compensation expense is recognized if the exercise price of stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Note 7 contains a tabular presentation as if the Company had applied the alternative fair value accounting provided for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to all stock options. See Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements below.
Net (Loss) Income Per Common Share
Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share includes the dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested restricted stock awards. Options to purchase 679,000, 3,485,000 and 4,325,000, shares of common stock at prices ranging from $23 to $38 per share were outstanding at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share because the options exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. At December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the dilutive effect of options to purchase approximately 56,000, 199,000, and 748,000 shares of common stock at an average exercise price of approximately $18, $18, and $9 per share, respectively, issued in connection with a 1998 acquisition have
30
been included in the computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share since the date of the acquisition.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141), and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS No. 142). SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 142 requires that entities assess the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis (see Note 2).
In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (SFAS No. 146) which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring) (EITF 94-3). SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred as opposed to the date of an entitys commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes fair value as the objective for initial measurement of the liability. SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002.
In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure (SFAS No. 148). SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS No. 123s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entitys accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. The disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS No. 148s amendment of the transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The additional disclosures required under SFAS No. 148 have been included in Note 7.
Beginning on January 1, 2003, the Company will prospectively account for all future stock compensation awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123s fair value method. The adoption of the preferred recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial position or results of operations in 2003, and the effect on periods thereafter, while entirely dependent on the terms of future stock compensation awards, is not expected to be significant.
In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation Number 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (FIN 45). FIN 45 requires an entity to disclose in its interim and annual financial statements information with respect to its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires an entity to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. These disclosures are presented in Note 10. The initial recognition and measurement requirements of FIN 45 are effective prospectively for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company is currently assessing the initial measurement requirements of FIN 45. However, management does not believe that the recognition requirements will have a material impact on the Companys financial position, cash flows or results of operations.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (FIN 46). FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 is effective for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of FIN 46 will have on its financial statements.
In January 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) of the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor (EITF 02-16). EITF 02-16 addresses accounting and reporting issues related to how a reseller should account for cash consideration received from vendors. Generally, cash consideration received from vendors is presumed to be a reduction of the prices of the vendors products or services and should, therefore, be characterized as a reduction of cost of sales when recognized in the customers income statement. However, under certain circumstances this presumption may be overcome and recognition as revenue or as a reduction of other costs in the income statement may be appropriate. While the Company does receive cash consideration from vendors subject to the provisions of EITF 02-16, the Company has not yet completed its evaluation of the potential impact on its financial statements. EITF 02-16 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2002.
2. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 142 requires that entities assess the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis effective beginning in 2002. When the fair value is less than the related carrying value, entities are required to reduce the amount of goodwill.
31
notes to consolidated financial statements, continued
Within the Companys four reportable segments, the Company identified reporting units as defined in SFAS No. 142. The reporting units goodwill was tested for impairment during the first quarter of 2002 as required by SFAS No. 142 based on the expected present value of future cash flows approach. As a result of this valuation process as well as the application of the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company recorded a transitional impairment loss of approximately $395.1 million ($2.27 basic loss per share and $2.26 diluted loss per share) as of January 1, 2002. This write-off was reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the Companys consolidated statement of income as of January 1, 2002. No tax benefits were recorded in connection with this goodwill impairment. For the year ended December 31, 2002, additions to goodwill of approximately $14.7 million relate to a balance sheet reclassification and additional consideration for earnouts on prior acquisitions. The Company also assessed the finite-lived, identifiable intangible assets for impairment under the undiscounted cash flows approach and concluded there was no impairment.
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the period by reportable
segment, as well as other identifiable intangible assets, are summarized as
follows (in thousands):
Goodwill
Electrical
Identifiable
Office
Electronic
Intangible
Automotive
Industrial
Products
Materials
Assets
Total
$
221,752
$
50,304
$
8,297
$
155,611
$
6,114
$
442,078
13,266
31
400
956
14,653
(2,421
)
(2,421
)
(515
)
(515
)
(213,401
)
(19,512
)
(6,566
)
(155,611
)
(395,090
)
$
21,617
$
30,308
$
2,131
$
$
4,649
$
58,705
Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company amortized goodwill over
estimated useful lives ranging from 10 years to 40 years. Had the Company
accounted for goodwill consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 142 in prior
years, the Companys income would have been affected as follows, in thousands,
except per share data:
Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
367,500
$
297,147
$
385,323
11,912
11,422
$
367,500
$
309,059
$
396,745
$
2.11
$
1.72
$
2.20
0.07
0.07
$
2.11
$
1.79
$
2.27
$
2.10
$
1.71
$
2.20
0.07
0.07
$
2.10
$
1.78
$
2.27
3. Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges
Prior to December 31, 2001, the Companys management approved a plan to close
and consolidate certain facilities, terminate certain employees, and exit
certain other activities. The Company also determined certain assets were
impaired. Following is a summary of the charges and the related accruals for
continuing liabilities associated with the plan (in thousands):
Liability at
Liability at
Paid in
December
31,
Paid in
December
31,
Total
Non-cash
2001
2001
2002
2002
$
49,400
$
(49,400
)
$
$
$
$
17,900
(6,900
)
(300
)
10,700
(4,800
)
5,900
6,700
(100
)
6,600
(4,800
)
1,800
17,400
(17,400
)
16,400
(15,800
)
600
(300
)
300
$
107,800
$
(89,500
)
$
(400
)
$
17,900
$
(9,900
)
$
8,000
32
Impairment charges are primarily comprised of two separate technology projects: (1) an abandoned software system implementation of the Companys office products segment totaling approximately $30,000,000, and (2) an impaired technology-related venture of the Companys automotive segment totaling approximately $15,000,000 for which the Company projected the undiscounted cash flows to be less than the carrying amount of the related investment. Facility consolidation expenses relate to facility consolidations in each of the Companys business segments. In 2001, the Company identified certain distribution, branch and retail facilities that were to be closed prior to December 31, 2002. The Company appropriately accrued the estimated lease obligation from the planned exit date through the end of the contractual lease term, net of estimated sublease income. The facility consolidations did not result in any material decline in net sales, as all such closed facilities have been served by other Company-operated facilities.
Severance expenses include charges for employees who have been involuntarily terminated in connection with the Companys facility consolidation. All terminations occurred prior to December 31, 2002. Inventory-related exit costs relate to inventory considered by the Company to be impaired as a result of the facility consolidations described above and related inventory rationalization and optimization programs. All inventory-related exit costs have been classified as cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. Other charges have been classified as a component of selling, administrative and other expenses.
4. Credit Facilities
The principal amount of the Companys borrowings subject to variable rates before interest rate swap agreements totaled approximately $287,666,000 and $378,892,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on the Companys outstanding borrowings was approximately 4.76% and 5.30% at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
On November 30, 2001, the Company completed a $500,000,000 financing with a consortium of financial institutions and insurance companies (the Notes). The proceeds of the Notes were primarily used to repay certain variable rate borrowings.
Certain borrowings contain covenants related to a maximum debt-to-equity ratio, a minimum fixed-charge coverage ratio, and certain limitations on additional borrowings. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. Total interest expense for all borrowings was $59,640,000 in 2002, $59,416,000 in 2001 and $63,496,000 in 2000.
Amounts outstanding under the Companys credit facilities consist of the
following:
(In Thousands) December 31
2002
2001
$
100,000
$
7,000
250,000
250,00
250,000
250,000
171,367
231,367
50,000
50,000
11,370
27,375
18,846
8,041
8,964
141
791,701
892,770
116,905
57,190
$
674,796
$
835,580
Approximate maturities under the Companys credit facilities are as follows (in
thousands):
$
116,905
171,770
3,026
500,000
$
791,701
5. Shareholders Equity
The Company has a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement which includes the distribution of rights to common shareholders under certain defined circumstances. The rights entitle the holder, upon occurrence of certain events, to purchase additional stock of the Company. The rights will be exercisable only if a person, group or company acquires 20% or more of the Companys common stock or commences a tender offer that would result in ownership of 20% or more of the common stock. The Company is entitled to redeem each right for one cent.
33
notes to consolidated financial statements, continued
6. Leased Properties
The Company leases land, buildings and equipment. Certain land and building
leases have renewal options generally for periods ranging from two to ten years.
In addition, certain properties occupied under operating leases contain normal
purchase options. The Company also has an $85,000,000 construction and lease
facility. Properties acquired by the lessor are constructed and then leased to
the Company under operating lease agreements. The total amount advanced and
outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2002 was approximately
$66,000,000. Since the resulting leases are accounted for as operating leases,
no debt obligation is recorded on the Companys balance sheet. Future minimum
payments, by year and in the aggregate, under the non-cancelable operating
leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the
following at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):
$
101,728
74,143
51,734
34,852
26,069
87,324
$375,850
Rental expense for operating leases was approximately $114,352,000 in 2002, $112,470,000 in 2001, and $106,689,000 in 2000.
7. Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards
In 1999, the Company authorized the grant of options of up to 9,000,000 shares of common stock. In accordance with stock option plans approved by shareholders, options are granted to key personnel for the purchase of the Companys stock at prices not less than the fair market value of the shares on the dates of grant. Most options may be exercised not earlier than twelve months nor later than ten years from the date of grant.
Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148 and described in Note 1, determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994 under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively: risk-free interest rates of 4.1%, 5.0%, and 5.9%; dividend yield of 4.0%; 3.8%, and 5.0%; annual volatility factor of the expected market price of the Companys common stock of 0.22, 0.26, and 0.18, and an expected life of the options of 8 years, 5 years, and 6 years.
The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Companys employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in managements opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
For purposes of pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123 as amended by SFAS No.
148, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the
options vesting period. The following table illustrates the effect on net
income and earnings per share if the fair value based method had been applied to
all outstanding and unvested awards in each period (in thousands, except per
share amounts):
Year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
(27,590
)
$
297,147
$
385,323
(3,376
)
(3,394
)
(5,354
)
$
(30,966
)
$
293,753
$
379,969
$
(0.16
)
$
1.72
$
2.20
$
(0.18
)
$
1.70
$
2.17
$
(0.16
)
$
1.71
$
2.20
$
(0.18
)
$
1.69
$
2.17
34
A summary of the Companys stock option activity and related information are as
follows:
2002
2001
2000
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Average
Average
Average
Shares
Exercise
Shares
Exercise
Shares
Exercise
(000's)
Price
(000's)
Price
(000's)
Price
6,156
$
28
7,513
$
26
5,388
$
28
3,131
32
30
33
2,412
21
(1,412
)
29
(1,049
)
14
(8
)
22
(301
)
34
(338
)
32
(279
)
27
7,574
$
29
6,156
$
28
7,513
$
26
3,337
$
28
4,477
$
29
3,760
$
28
$
5.72
$
6.91
$
2.71
4,080
6,910
6,602
Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2002 ranged from approximately $21 to $35, except for 56,000 options granted in connection with a 1998 acquisition for which the exercise price is approximately $18. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of those options is approximately 5 years.
In 1999, the Company entered into restricted stock agreements with two officers which provide for the award of up to 150,000 and 75,000 shares, respectively, during the period 1999 through 2003 based on the Company achieving certain increases in net income per common share and stock price levels. Through December 31, 2002, the two officers have earned 15,000 and 7,500 shares, respectively. The Company recognizes compensation expense equal to the fair market value of the stock on the award date over the remaining vesting period which expires in 2009.
8. Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
(In Thousands)
2002
2001
$
87,256
$
117,745
104,833
89,937
52,000
33,591
18,722
22,077
10,333
6,848
185,888
152,453
98,632
34,708
720
(26,277
)
$
97,912
$
60,985
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
(In Thousands)
2002
2001
2000
$
165,289
$
188,040
$
223,452
28,952
32,530
44,689
43,995
(21,704
)
(6,714
)
$
238,236
$
198,866
$
261,427
The reasons for the difference between total tax expense and the amount
computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before
income taxes and the cumulative effect of an accounting change are as follows:
(In Thousands)
2002
2001
2000
$
212,008
$
173,605
$
226,363
23,081
19,064
28,322
3,147
6,197
6,742
$
238,236
$
198,866
$
261,427
35
notes to consolidated financial statements, continued
9. Employee Benefit Plans
The Companys noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covers substantially
all of its employees. The benefits are based on an average of the employees
compensation during five of their last ten years of credited service. The
Companys funding policy is to contribute amounts deductible for income tax
purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits
attributed for service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the
future. Pension benefits also include amounts related to a supplemental
retirement plan.
Other
Pension
Postretirement
Benefits
Benefits
(In Thousands)
2002
2001
2002
2001
$
662,532
$
573,170
$
10,769
$
10,537
25,622
19,935
235
177
49,810
44,525
877
816
2,993
2,395
(2,727
)
1,756
55,556
44,242
677
1,588
(21,150
)
(21,096
)
(5,533
)
(4,744
)
$
769,643
$
662,532
$
10,018
$
10,769
$
707,158
$
702,282
$
$
(43,083
)
25,332
12,085
640
2,540
2,349
2,993
2,395
(21,150
)
(21,096
)
(5,533
)
(4,744
)
$
655,010
$
707,158
$
$
The following table sets forth the funded status of the plans and the amount
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31:
Other
Pension
Postretirement
Benefits
Benefits
(In Thousands)
2002
2001
2002
2001
$
(114,633
)
$
44,626
$
(10,018
)
$
(10,769
)
318,699
148,128
3,249
2,839
(6,460
)
(6,702
)
5,492
5,980
$
197,606
$
186,052
$
(1,277
)
$
(1,950
)
Net periodic pension cost (income) included the following components:
Other
Pension
Postretirement
Benefits
Benefits
(In Thousands)
2002
2001
2000
2002
2001
2000
$
25,622
$
19,935
$
18,859
$
235
$
177
$
88
49,810
44,525
41,363
877
816
672
(72,887
)
(72,167
)
(69,154
)
260
260
(2,968
)
(2,871
)
(2,911
)
487
588
588
954
531
50
268
74
$
531
$
(9,787
)
$
(11,533
)
$
1,867
$
1,655
$
1,348
The assumptions used in accounting for the defined benefit plans and other
postretirement plan are as follows:
Other
Pension
Postretirement
Benefits
Benefits
2002
2001
2002
2001
6.75
%
7.35
%
6.75
%
7.35
%
4.15
%
4.15
%
9.45
%
9.85
%
10.00
%
7.00
%
36
The expected long-term rate of return on assets for measuring the pension expense or income for the year ending December 31, 2003 will be approximately 8.95%.
The effect of a one-percentage point change in the 2002 assumed health care
cost trend is as follows:
(In Thousands)
Decrease
Increase
$
(2,015
)
$
3,072
(206
)
338
At December 31, 2002, the Company-sponsored pension plan held 1,619,480 shares of common stock of the Company with a market value of approximately $49,880,000. Dividend payments received by the plan on Company stock totaled approximately $1,867,000 and $1,780,000 in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Fees paid during the year for services rendered by parties-in-interest were based on customary and reasonable rates for such services.
The Company has a defined contribution plan which covers substantially all of its domestic employees. The Companys contributions are determined based on 20% of the first 6% of the covered employees salary. Total plan expense was approximately $6,112,000 in 2002, $5,901,000 in 2001 and $5,751,000 in 2000.
10. Guarantees
Certain operating leases expiring in 2008 contain residual value guarantee provisions and other guarantees which would become due in the event of a default under the operating lease agreement, or at the expiration of the operating lease agreement if the fair value of the lease properties is less than the guaranteed residual value. The maximum amount of the Companys potential guarantee obligation at December 31, 2002 is approximately $66,000,000. The Company believes the likelihood of funding the guarantee obligation under any provision of the operating lease agreements is remote.
The Company also guarantees borrowings of certain independently controlled automotive parts stores (the independents). The total borrowings of the independents at December 31, 2002 were approximately $160,000,000. Of the total borrowings, the Company has guaranteed approximately $61,350,000. These loans generally mature over periods from one to ten years. In the event that the Company is required to make payments in connection with guarantee obligations of the independents, the Company would obtain and liquidate certain collateral (e.g. accounts receivable and inventory) to recover all or a portion of the amounts paid under the guarantee. To date, the Company has had no significant losses in connection with guarantees of independents borrowings.
11. Segment Data
The segment data for the past five years presented on page 17 is an integral part of these financial statements.
The Companys automotive segment distributes replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all makes and models of automobiles, trucks and buses.
The Companys industrial segment distributes a wide variety of industrial bearings, mechanical and fluid power transmission equipment, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, and related parts and supplies.
The Companys office products segment distributes a wide variety of office products, computer supplies, office furniture and business electronics.
The Companys electrical/electronic materials segment distributes a wide variety of electrical/electronic materials, including insulating and conductive materials for use in electronic and electrical apparatus.
Inter-segment sales are not significant. Operating profit for each industry segment is calculated as net sales less operating expenses excluding general corporate expenses, interest expense, equity in income from investees, goodwill and other amortization and minority interests. Net property, plant and equipment by country relate directly to the Companys operations in the respective country. Corporate assets are principally cash and cash equivalents and headquarters facilities and equipment.
For the year ended December 31, 2001, Facility Consolidation and Impairment Charges discussed in Note 3 totaling approximately $12,900,000 have been classified as a reduction to operating profit of the office products segment for management reporting purposes. In connection with a 2000 management reporting change, certain corporate expenses were reclassified to the automotive segment for all years presented. Additionally, for management purposes, net sales by segment excludes the effect of certain discounts, incentives and freight billed to customers. The line item other represents the net effect of the discounts, incentives and freight billed to customers which are reported as a component of net sales in the Companys consolidated statements of income.
37
.
.
.
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
JURISDICTION OF NAME % OWNED INCORPORATION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BALKAMP 89.6% INDIANA EIS, INC. 100.0% GEORGIA L.O.C.O.A. LAMINATING COMPANY OF AMERICA 100.0% CALIFORNIA GENUINE PARTS FINANCE COMPANY 100.0% DELAWARE MOTION INDUSTRIES 100.0% DELAWARE S.P. RICHARDS 100.0% GEORGIA HORIZON USA DATA SUPPLY, INC. 100.0% NEVADA JOHNSON INDUSTRIES, INC. 100.0% GEORGIA MANCO TRUCKING 100.0% ILLINOIS 1ST CHOICE AUTO PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA AUTO PARTS OF DAYTONA, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA LAUDERDALE COUNTY SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA MARION AUTO SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA BAD AXE AUTO SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA RIO VERDE AUTO PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA AUTO PARTS OF JUPITER, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA EAST TENN AUTOMOTIVE SUPPLY, INC. 100.0% GEORGIA GAINESVILLE AUTO SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA POLYCO CORPORATION 70.0% GEORGIA N. V. AUTOMOTIVE SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA PARTS OF HILLSVILLE, INC. 70.0% GEORGIA PRAIRIE HILLS CORP. 100.0% GEORGIA CAROLINA PIEDMONT CORPORATION 51.0% GEORGIA PUEBLO AUTOMOTIVE, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA CRESWELL AUTO & TRUCK SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA CLINTON COUNTY AUTO SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA PARTS CONNECTION, INC. 70.0% GEORGIA POTAMAC CREEK AUTO SUPPLY, INC 51.0% GEORGIA WHITE COUNTY AUTO SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA SUN VALLEY AUTO PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA LOUISVILLE AUTO SUPPLY, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA SANILAC AUTO AND TRUCK PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA MIDLAND AUTO AND TRUCK SUPPLY, INC. 70.0% GEORGIA WEST MARION COUNTY AUTO PARTS AND ACCESSORIES, INC. 70.0% GEORGIA STANDARD PARTS COMPANY OF SOUTH MONROE 51.0% GEORGIA HERTFORD COUNTY AUTO PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA SERVICE FIRST AUTO, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA RHINELANDER AUTO PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA PARADISE AUTO PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA MIDDLETON AUTO & TRUCK PARTS, INC. 51.0% GEORGIA FIRST PARTS OF MOUNT AIRY, INC. 70.0% GEORGIA THE FLOWERS COMPANY 49.0% NORTH CAROLINA GENUINE PARTS HOLDINGS, LTD. 100.0% ALBERTA, CANADA GPC MEXICO, S.A. de C.V. 100.0% PUEBLA, MEXICO SCOTTSDALE TOOL & SUPPLY de MEXICO, S.A. de C.V. 100.0% GUADALAJARA, JALISCO, MEXICO MOTION INDUSTRIES (CANADA), INC. 100.0% OTTAWA, ONTARIO NORWESTRA SALES (1992), INC. 100.0% BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA UAP, INC. 100.0% QUEBEC, CANADA GARANAT INC. 100.0% FEDERAL, CANADA UAPRO INC. 100.0% FEDERAL, CANADA UNITED AUTO PARTS (Eastern) LTD. 100.0% ONTARIO, CANADA SERVICES FINANCIERS UAP INC. 100.0% QUEBEC, CANADA AUTOMOTEUR TERREBONNE LTEE 100.0% QUEBEC, CANADA REUSINAGE KNIGHT INC. 100.0% FEDERAL, CANADA |
Exhibit 23 - Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Genuine Parts Company of our report dated February 4, 2003, included in the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders of Genuine Parts Company.
Our audits included the financial statement schedule of Genuine Parts Company listed in Item 15(d). This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Genuine Parts Company listed below of our report dated February 4, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Genuine Parts Company incorporated by reference or included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2002.
- Registration Statement No. 33-62512 on Form S-8 pertaining to the 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
- Registration Statement No. 333-21969 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan
- Registration Statement No. 333-61611 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Assumed Stock Options Under the Electrical Insulation Suppliers, Inc. 1993 Incentive Plan
- Registration Statement No. 333-76639 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan
/s/ Ernst and Young LLP Atlanta, Georgia March 19, 2003 |